WO2022033282A1 - Data processing method and related device - Google Patents
Data processing method and related device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022033282A1 WO2022033282A1 PCT/CN2021/107582 CN2021107582W WO2022033282A1 WO 2022033282 A1 WO2022033282 A1 WO 2022033282A1 CN 2021107582 W CN2021107582 W CN 2021107582W WO 2022033282 A1 WO2022033282 A1 WO 2022033282A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- value
- target signal
- mapping table
- numerical value
- weight coefficient
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
- G06F3/1454—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units involving copying of the display data of a local workstation or window to a remote workstation or window so that an actual copy of the data is displayed simultaneously on two or more displays, e.g. teledisplay
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F18/00—Pattern recognition
- G06F18/20—Analysing
- G06F18/21—Design or setup of recognition systems or techniques; Extraction of features in feature space; Blind source separation
- G06F18/214—Generating training patterns; Bootstrap methods, e.g. bagging or boosting
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/16—Sound input; Sound output
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/16—Sound input; Sound output
- G06F3/165—Management of the audio stream, e.g. setting of volume, audio stream path
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
- H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
- H04M1/72403—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
- H04M1/72442—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality for playing music files
Definitions
- the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of terminal artificial intelligence, and in particular, to a data processing method and related equipment.
- Artificial intelligence is a theory, method, technology and application system that uses digital computers or machines controlled by digital computers to simulate, extend and expand human intelligence, perceive the environment, acquire knowledge and use knowledge to obtain the best results.
- artificial intelligence is a branch of computer science that attempts to understand the essence of intelligence and produce a new kind of intelligent machine that responds in a similar way to human intelligence.
- Artificial intelligence is to study the design principles and implementation methods of various intelligent machines, so that the machines have the functions of perception, reasoning and decision-making.
- Research in the field of artificial intelligence includes robotics, natural language processing, computer vision, decision-making and reasoning, human-computer interaction, recommendation and search, and basic AI theory.
- the mobile phone In the modern information society where the wireless communication network is flourishing, the mobile phone has become one of the most commonly used communication tools in the society. Mobile phones allow users to communicate wirelessly anytime, anywhere, and easily communicate by voice. Moreover, the applications provided by mobile phones are becoming more and more extensive, and users can use the mobile phones to realize multimedia functions such as watching movies, playing music, watching news, and video recording.
- the mobile phone can also output audio through an external sound output device (power amplifier, Bluetooth device, USB audio, etc.).
- an external sound output device power amplifier, Bluetooth device, USB audio, etc.
- the mobile phone will still use the volume gain corresponding to the speaker to adjust the output volume of the switched sound output device.
- each sound output device has different device properties, it will have different effects on the same audio data. Therefore, when the mobile phone uses the same sound gain to adjust the output volume when different sound output devices output the same audio, then This will result in different output volumes of the same audio output by different sound output devices, which will cause the user to manually adjust the volume of the mobile phone to meet the user's volume requirements when switching the sound output device at the terminal, which brings great inconvenience to the user.
- Embodiments of the present application provide a data processing method and related equipment. It can be applied in the field of AI, specifically in the field of sub-field multi-device collaboration, to determine appropriate playback parameters of the second device and improve user experience.
- An exemplary embodiment of the present application provides an applicable application scenario for a data processing method: a user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on a mobile phone device.
- multimedia audio such as music, video, and calls
- the second device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection.
- This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch Perception of audio size differences, and comfortable second device switching.
- the user needs to convert the music played on the mobile phone to the Bluetooth headset for playback.
- the user needs to convert the music, video or image played on the mobile phone to a TV, computer or projection screen for playback.
- the user needs to convert the music, text or images played on the mobile phone to the smart watch for playback.
- a first aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a first device obtains a first value used by a target signal to play on the first device and a device type of the second device; the first device determines the second The weight coefficient of the device; the first device determines the second value used by the target signal to play in the second device according to the weight coefficient and the first value; the first device sends the second value to the second device, so that the second device uses the second value Numerically plays the target signal.
- the first device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , and send the second value to the second device, so that the switched second device can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume of the first device (ie, the second value), reducing the user's concern about the difference in value during switching. Perceive, perform comfortable switching of the second device to improve the user experience.
- determining the weight coefficient of the second device by the first device in the above steps includes: the first device determining the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, The first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- the weight coefficient of the second device is determined according to the first mapping table.
- the first mapping table combines human factors engineering analysis to improve the user experience when switching audio playback.
- the above steps further include: the first device receives a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; A device updates the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value, that is, the first device can update the first mapping table through subsequent user operations, which is more in line with the switching usage scenario of the first device and the second device .
- the above steps further include: the first device acquires a target feature, where the target feature includes the first value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and At least one of the third numerical values; the first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- the first device can perform model training according to the target characteristics such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value, so as to obtain a model more suitable for the user.
- the target characteristics such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value, so as to obtain a model more suitable for the user.
- the above steps further include: the first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model; and the first device sends the fourth value to the second device.
- the first device obtains, according to the trained prediction weight model, a numerical requirement that meets the user in a specific scenario.
- the fourth value is sent to the second device, so that the second device uses the fourth value that better meets the user's needs to play the target signal, further reducing the user's perception of the difference in value during switching, and improving the user experience.
- the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device
- the second numerical value includes an audio signal.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal in the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device
- the second value includes the image on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text
- the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device
- the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
- the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device.
- multimedia audio such as music, video, and calls
- the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection.
- This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
- a second aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a second device receives a target signal; the second device receives a second value sent by the first device, where the second value is the first device according to the first value , the device type of the second device and the first mapping table are obtained, the first numerical value is the numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal, and the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient , the weight coefficient is used to obtain the second value according to the first value; the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- the second device may know the second value corresponding to the first value, that is, the first device determines the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using a weight coefficient method, and sends the second value to the second device. value, the second device after switching can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume of the first device (ie, the second value), reducing the user's perception of the difference in value during switching, and performing comfortable second device device switching , to improve the user experience.
- the above steps further include: the second device obtains a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the device sends the third value, so that the first device updates the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the second device after receiving the user's adjustment value, sends the user's adjustment value to the first device, so that the first device can update the first mapping table according to the user's usage habits, so that the second device can play
- the value used by the target signal is more in line with the switching usage scenario of the first device and the second device. It further reduces the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, performs comfortable switching between the second device and the device, and improves the user experience.
- the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device
- the second numerical value includes an audio signal.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal in the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device
- the second value includes the image on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text
- the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device
- the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
- a third aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a first device obtains a first value used by a target signal to play on the first device and a device type of the second device; the first device determines the second The weight coefficient of the device; the first device sends the first value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device determines the second value of the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient.
- the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , on the one hand: the second device after switching can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume (ie, the second value) of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in the value of the value during switching, and making a comfortable second Device device switching to improve user experience. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused when the first device calculates the second value.
- determining the weight coefficient of the second device by the first device in the above steps includes: the first device determining the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, The first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- the weight coefficient of the second device is determined according to the first mapping table.
- the first mapping table combines human factors engineering analysis to improve the user experience when switching audio playback.
- the above steps further include: the first device receives a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; A device updates the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value, that is, the first device can update the first mapping table through user adjustment, which is more in line with the switching usage scenario of the first device and the second device.
- the above steps further include: the first device acquires a target feature, where the target feature includes the first value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and At least one of the third numerical values; the first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- the first device can perform model training according to the target characteristics such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value, so as to obtain a model more suitable for the user.
- the target characteristics such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value, so as to obtain a model more suitable for the user.
- the above steps further include: the first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model; the first device sends the fourth value to the second device.
- the first device obtains a numerical value that meets the user's demand in a specific scenario according to the trained prediction weight model, and sends a fourth numerical value to the second device, so that the second device uses the first numerical value that better meets the user's demand.
- the target signal is played with four numerical values, which further reduces the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, and improves the user experience.
- the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device
- the second numerical value includes an audio signal.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal in the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device
- the second value includes the image on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text
- the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device
- the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
- the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device.
- multimedia audio such as music, video, and calls
- the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection.
- This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
- a fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a second device receives a target signal; the second device receives a first value and a weight coefficient sent by the first device, and the first value is played by the first device The value used for the target signal; the second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient; the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , on the one hand: the second device after switching can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume (ie, the second value) of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in the value of the value during switching, and making a comfortable second Device device switching to improve user experience. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused when the first device calculates the second value.
- the second device in the above steps determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient, including: the second device calculates the first value and the weight coefficient. to obtain the second value.
- the second value is obtained by calculating the product of the first value and the weight coefficient, thereby reducing the power consumption problem caused by the first device calculating the second value .
- the above steps further include: the second device obtains a third value, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; the second device uses the third value. Playing the target signal numerically; the second device sends a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device uses the third numerical value to update the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the second device after acquiring the adjustment value of the user, the second device sends the adjustment value to the first device, so that the first device can update the first mapping table through the adjustment of the user, which is more in line with the first device and the second device. Switching usage scenarios of devices.
- the above steps further include: the second device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value. At least one of the two; the second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- the second device may perform model training according to target features such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value.
- target features such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value.
- the above steps further include: the second device obtains a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model; and the second device uses the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
- the second device obtains a numerical value that meets the user's demand in a specific scenario according to the trained prediction weight model, and uses a fourth numerical value that better meets the user's demand to play the target signal, further reducing the need for the user to switch between The perception of the difference in numerical value improves the user experience.
- the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device
- the second numerical value includes an audio signal.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal in the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device
- the second value includes the image on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text
- the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device
- the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
- the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device.
- multimedia audio such as music, video, and calls
- the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection.
- This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
- a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a second device receives a target signal; the second device receives a first value from the first device, where the first value is the target signal played by the first device.
- the second device determines the weight coefficient; the second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient; the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- the second device may obtain the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the received first value and the determined weight coefficient, and determine the playback target of the second device by using the weight coefficient method.
- the numerical value used by the signal on the one hand, enables the second device after switching to automatically adjust the first quantity to the relative volume (ie, the second numerical value) of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, Perform comfortable second device switching to improve user experience. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused when the first device calculates the second value.
- determining the weight coefficient by the second device in the above steps includes: the second device determines the weight coefficient according to a first mapping table, and the first mapping table is used to represent the first mapping table. The relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- the second device determines the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, optionally, the first mapping table combines human factors engineering analysis, which improves the user's ability to switch audio playback. user experience.
- the second device may store the first mapping table, which reduces the memory occupation caused by the first device storing the first mapping table and the power consumption problem caused by the first device calculating the second value.
- the above steps further include: the second device obtains a third value, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; the second device uses the third value. Numerically plays the target signal.
- the second device may play the target signal with a value that conforms to the user's habit according to the user's adjustment, so as to improve the user experience.
- the above steps further include: the second device uses the third value to update the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, the weight of the second device in the second mapping table.
- the coefficients are different from the weighting coefficients of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the second device after receiving the adjustment value from the user, updates the first mapping table according to the user's usage habits, so that the value used by the second device to play the target signal is more in line with the first device and the second device. switching usage scenarios. It further reduces the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, performs comfortable switching between the second device and the device, and improves the user experience.
- the above steps further include: the second device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value. At least one of; the second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature, and obtains a prediction weight model.
- the second device may perform model training according to target features such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value.
- target features such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value.
- the above steps further include: the second device obtains a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model; and the second device uses the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
- the second device obtains a numerical value that meets the user's demand in a specific scenario according to the trained prediction weight model, and uses a fourth numerical value that better meets the user's demand to play the target signal, further reducing the need for the user to switch between The perception of the difference in numerical value improves the user experience.
- the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device
- the second numerical value includes an audio signal.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal in the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device
- the second value includes the image on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text
- the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device
- the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
- the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device.
- multimedia audio such as music, video, and calls
- the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection.
- This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
- a sixth aspect of the present application provides a first device, where the first device may be a terminal device. It can also be a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip or a system of chips), the first device including:
- a transceiver unit used for acquiring the first numerical value used by the target signal to play in the first device and the device type of the second device;
- a processing unit configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device
- the processing unit is also used to determine the second numerical value used by the target signal to play in the second device according to the weight coefficient and the first numerical value;
- the transceiver unit is further configured to send the second value to the second device, so that the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to indicate that the device type of the second device is the same as the value of the second device. The relationship between the weight coefficients.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a third numerical value sent by the second device, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the processing unit is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third at least one of the values;
- the processing unit is further used to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- the processing unit is further configured to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
- the target signal includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device
- the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal played on the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the image used to play on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- a seventh aspect of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device includes:
- a transceiver unit for receiving target signals
- the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second value sent by the first device, where the second value is obtained by the first device according to the first value, the device type of the second device and the first mapping table, and the first value is the playback target of the first device
- the numerical value used by the signal, the first mapping table is used to represent the relationship between the device type of the second device and the weighting coefficient, and the weighting coefficient is used to obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value;
- the processing unit is used for playing the target signal using the second value.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the transceiver unit is further configured to send a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as the first mapping table in the first mapping table.
- the weight coefficients of the two devices are different.
- the target signal includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device
- the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal played on the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the image used to play on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- An eighth aspect of the present application provides a first device, where the first device may be a terminal device. It can also be a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip or a system of chips), the first device including:
- Transceiver unit for acquiring the first numerical value and the device type of the second device that the target signal is used for playing in the first device
- a processing unit configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device
- the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device determines the second numerical value of the second device according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the weighting coefficient of the second device according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to indicate that the device type of the second device is the same as the value of the second device. The relationship between the weight coefficients.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted;
- the processing unit is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third at least one of the values;
- the processing unit is also used to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- the processing unit is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
- the target signal includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device
- the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal played on the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the image used to play on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- a ninth aspect of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device includes:
- a transceiver unit for receiving target signals
- the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first numerical value and the weight coefficient sent by the first device, where the first numerical value is the numerical value used when the first device plays the target signal;
- a processing unit configured to determine the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient
- the processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to calculate the product of the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second numerical value.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, and the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the processing unit is also used to play the target signal by using the third numerical value
- the transceiver unit is further configured to send a third value to the first device, so that the first device uses the third value to update the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the transceiver unit is used to obtain a target feature, and the target feature includes at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third value. kind;
- the processing unit is used to train the to-be-trained model according to the target feature to obtain the prediction weight model.
- the processing unit is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the fourth numerical value.
- the target signal includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device
- the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal played on the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the image used to play on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- a tenth aspect of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device includes:
- a transceiver unit for receiving target signals
- the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first numerical value from the first device, where the first numerical value is the numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal;
- a processing unit further configured to determine the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient
- the processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to indicate the relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient. association relationship.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the third value.
- the processing unit is further configured to update the first mapping table by using the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as that of the second mapping table.
- the weight coefficients of the second devices in the first mapping table are different.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire a target feature, where the target feature includes at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third value.
- the target feature includes at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third value.
- the processing unit is further used to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- the processing unit is also used to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the fourth numerical value.
- the target signal includes an audio signal
- the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device
- the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second.
- the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the video signal played on the second device.
- the volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image
- the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device
- the second value includes the image used to play on the second device.
- the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- An eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a first device, where the first device may be a terminal device. It can also be a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip or a chip system), and the first device executes the aforementioned first aspect, the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or the third aspect or the third aspect. A method in any possible implementation.
- a twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, or a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device executes the method or the first aspect in the second aspect, any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
- a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a first device, comprising: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used for storing a program or an instruction, when the program or the instruction is executed by the processor , so that the first device implements the first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or enables the first device to implement the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
- a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a second device, comprising: a processor coupled to a memory for storing a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , so that the second device implements the above-mentioned second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or makes the first device implement the above-mentioned fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, Or make the first device implement the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
- a fifteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the foregoing first aspect or any of the first aspects.
- a sixteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second aspect or the second aspect
- the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect Methods are possible implementations of the aspect.
- a seventeenth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including the first device provided in the eleventh or thirteenth aspect, and the second device in the twelfth or fourteenth aspect.
- the first device can determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient
- the method of weight coefficient is used to determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal, and send the second value to the second device, so that the switched second device can automatically adjust the first amount to the relative volume of the first device (That is, the second value), reduce the user's perception of the difference in the value of the value during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device device, and improve the user experience.
- Fig. 1 is a kind of structural schematic diagram of artificial intelligence main frame
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application environment provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of the application.
- FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of the present application.
- Embodiments of the present application provide a data processing method and related equipment. It is used to determine suitable playback parameters of the second device to improve user experience.
- Figure 1 is a structural schematic diagram of the main frame of artificial intelligence.
- the above-mentioned artificial intelligence theme framework is elaborated in two dimensions.
- the "intelligent information chain” reflects a series of processes from data acquisition to processing. For example, it can be the general process of intelligent information perception, intelligent information representation and formation, intelligent reasoning, intelligent decision-making, intelligent execution and output. In this process, data has gone through the process of "data-information-knowledge-wisdom".
- the "IT value chain” reflects the value brought by artificial intelligence to the information technology industry from the underlying infrastructure of human intelligence, information (providing and processing technology implementation) to the industrial ecological process of the system.
- the infrastructure provides computing power support for artificial intelligence systems, realizes communication with the outside world, and supports through the basic platform. Communication with the outside world through sensors; computing power is provided by smart chips (hardware acceleration chips such as CPU, NPU, GPU, ASIC, FPGA); the basic platform includes distributed computing framework and network-related platform guarantee and support, which can include cloud storage and computing, interconnection networks, etc. For example, sensors communicate with external parties to obtain data, and these data are provided to the intelligent chips in the distributed computing system provided by the basic platform for calculation.
- smart chips hardware acceleration chips such as CPU, NPU, GPU, ASIC, FPGA
- the basic platform includes distributed computing framework and network-related platform guarantee and support, which can include cloud storage and computing, interconnection networks, etc. For example, sensors communicate with external parties to obtain data, and these data are provided to the intelligent chips in the distributed computing system provided by the basic platform for calculation.
- the data on the upper layer of the infrastructure is used to represent the data sources in the field of artificial intelligence.
- the data involves graphics, images, voice, and text, as well as IoT data from traditional devices, including business data from existing systems and sensory data such as force, displacement, liquid level, temperature, and humidity.
- Data processing usually includes data training, machine learning, deep learning, search, reasoning, decision-making, etc.
- machine learning and deep learning can perform symbolic and formalized intelligent information modeling, extraction, preprocessing, training, etc. on data.
- Reasoning refers to the process of simulating human's intelligent reasoning method in a computer or intelligent system, using formalized information to carry out machine thinking and solving problems according to the reasoning control strategy, and the typical function is search and matching.
- Decision-making refers to the process of making decisions after intelligent information is reasoned, usually providing functions such as classification, sorting, and prediction.
- some general capabilities can be formed based on the results of data processing, such as algorithms or a general system, such as translation, text analysis, computer vision processing, speech recognition, image identification, etc.
- Intelligent products and industry applications refer to the products and applications of artificial intelligence systems in various fields. They are the encapsulation of the overall solution of artificial intelligence, and the productization of intelligent information decision-making to achieve landing applications. Its application areas mainly include: intelligent terminals, intelligent transportation, Smart healthcare, autonomous driving, safe city, etc.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example application scenario of the present application.
- the user first uses the first device 201 to play the target signal (audio, video, image or music, etc.), if the user needs to play the target signal played by the first device 201 on the second device 202 (or the user When the target signal is planned to be played on the second device 202, that is, the target signal is not currently played on the first device 201), the second device 202 can use a suitable value (for example, volume) by using the data processing method provided in this application. , brightness or speed, etc.) to play the target signal to improve user experience.
- a suitable value for example, volume
- the user needs to convert the music played on the mobile phone to the Bluetooth headset for playback.
- the user needs to convert the music, video or image played on the mobile phone to a TV, computer or projection screen for playback.
- the user needs to convert the music, text or images played on the mobile phone to the smart watch for playback.
- the playback device sets the same playback volume, there is a very obvious volume difference.
- the user performs an audio playback operation through the terminal device.
- the user will adjust the audio from the speaker to the audio from the earphone.
- the audio playback volume will become too large or too small, especially if the audio playback volume suddenly becomes very large, the user's hearing effect will be seriously degraded, and the user may even be frightened.
- the present application provides a data processing method, which can satisfy the user's need to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on a mobile phone device.
- multimedia audio such as music, video, and calls
- the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transmission, and App screen projection.
- This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched playback device to the relative volume of the mobile phone device, reducing the number of users in the switching process. Perceive the difference in audio size, and switch the playback device comfortably.
- the first device is a mobile phone as an example for description. It can be understood that the first device and the second device may be terminal devices (such as mobile phones, etc.) Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) and other devices that can display images, display text, play music or videos, etc. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the first device here.
- the second device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device such as a headset, a computer, a TV, a speaker, a projection screen, or a watch, which is capable of displaying images, displaying text, and playing music or videos.
- This embodiment of the present application does not limit the second device here.
- the first device and the second device may transmit data through the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 protocol.
- IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- the second device is a projection screen
- the first device and the second device can transmit data through a hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP).
- HTTP hypertext transfer protocol
- the second device is a projection screen, a display screen on a smart car, a tablet computer or a computer
- the first device and the second device can transmit data through WIFI-Direct.
- the protocol or method used by the first device and the second device to transmit data is not limited here.
- the data processing method provided by the present application may be divided into various situations according to the content of the data sent by the first device to the second device:
- the first type the first device sends the second value to the second device.
- a data processing method provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 2 .
- a flow of the data processing method provided by this application may include steps 301 to 311 . Each step in the method will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3 .
- the first device acquires the first value and the device type of the second device.
- the first device first obtains the first value, which may specifically be the first value used by the first device to record the target signal played by the first device, or the preset value (ie, the first value) of the target signal to be played by the first device.
- the first value may be the value used for the target signal to be played on the first device.
- the target signal in this embodiment of the present application may be music, lyrics of music, video, image, or text, etc., which is not specifically limited here.
- the first value in the embodiment of the present application may be the volume value of playing music or video, the brightness value of playing music or video, or the playback speed value of music lyrics, novels or texts. Practical applications.
- the first numerical value may also be other numerical values, for example, the first numerical value may also be a scaling value of a video or a picture, which is not specifically limited here.
- the first device may acquire the device type of the second device by sending the device type of the second device to the first device through the second device, or by sending the device type of the second device from the third device (except for the first device and the first device).
- Obtain the device type of the second device on a device other than the second device it can be understood that, in practical applications, the first device can also obtain the device type of the second device in other ways, for example: the first device scans the second device by scanning the second device.
- the device type of the second device is obtained by means of a device, which is not specifically limited here.
- the device type of the second device in the embodiment of the present application may be a headset, a computer, a TV, a speaker, a projection screen (a screen or a display screen in a smart car), a watch, etc.
- the identification or numbering of the The second device is distinguished by the form, for example: 1, 2 or 0001, 0002, etc.
- the specific manner of the device type is not limited here.
- DLNA digital living network alliance
- Miracast a type description field can be preset in the second device, and the mobile phone device can read the data in the network.
- the description file of each second device obtains the device type of the second device.
- the device type of the second device is obtained.
- the Bluetooth connection can return the type value of the device type of the second device through getBluetoothClass.
- it can be further judged according to the value whether it is the device type recorded in the first mapping table.
- the first device determines a weight coefficient of the second device.
- the first device may determine the weight coefficient of the second device.
- the following only uses the first device to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table as an example. It can be understood that, The first device may also determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to a preset rule, or the first device may determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to an instruction of the third device, which is not specifically limited here.
- the weight coefficient in the embodiment of the present application is equivalent to the weight ratio of the volume between the first device and the second device under the same auditory comfort level.
- the first device stores a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- the device types and various weights in Table 1 are only examples, and the specific expression forms of the device types and the values of various weights are not limited here.
- the weight type of the second device may be volume weight.
- the weight coefficient of the second device may be a brightness weight.
- the weight coefficient of the second device may be the speed weight.
- the weight coefficient of the second device may be a scaling weight. It can be understood that the weight coefficient of the second device is not limited to the above examples, and may also be other forms of weight coefficients, which are not limited here.
- the first mapping table in this embodiment of the present application may be preset manually, or obtained by a survey method or an experimental method.
- the first mapping table may also be adjusted to the second mapping table on the basis of the first numerical value according to pre-trained users.
- the habit of obtaining the numerical value, the obtaining method of the first mapping table is not limited here.
- the first device determines the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient.
- the first device acquires the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, and then determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient. Specifically, the first device may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second numerical value.
- the device type of the second device is 0001
- the user needs to transfer the music (that is, the target signal) played on the mobile phone (that is, the first device) to the headset (that is, the second device) for playback, and the current mobile phone
- the volume value of the music played on the device is 85 (ie, the first value is 85)
- the volume played by the headset is 93.5 (ie, 85 times 1.1 is 93.5).
- the first device sends the second value to the second device.
- the second device receives the second value sent by the first device.
- the first device After the first device determines the second value, the first device sends the second value to the second device. After receiving the second value, the second device can use the second value to play the target signal.
- the mobile phone determines that after the volume of the headset playing music is 93.5, the volume value transmitted by the mobile phone to the headset is 93.5; or the mobile phone sets the headset to play music with a volume value of 93.5.
- the first device target signal and the second value are transmitted to the second device through Bluetooth, DLNA or Miracast protocol, and the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- DLNA transmission searches for available second devices in the local area network through the root device, and carries the volume and Url through the Body parameter for HTTP Post transmission.
- Miracast finds attached Miracast devices through WiFi-Direct and transmits data through real time streaming protocol (RTSP).
- RTSP real time streaming protocol
- the second device obtains a third numerical value. This step is optional.
- the second device After the second device uses the second value to play the target signal, the second device obtains the third value by adjusting the second device to play the target signal according to the user.
- the second device uses the third value to play the target signal.
- the second device sends the third numerical value to the first device, and correspondingly, the first device receives the third numerical value sent by the second device. This step is optional.
- the second device may send the third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third numerical value.
- the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value. This step is optional.
- the first device After acquiring the third value, the first device obtains a new weight coefficient by calculating the ratio of the third value to the first value, and updates the first mapping table with the new weight coefficient to obtain the second mapping table.
- the first value is 50
- the initial weight coefficient is 1.1
- the second value is 55.
- the second device uses the second value to play the target signal, and the user adjusts 55 to 60
- the second device sends 60 to the first device
- the first device calculates a new weight coefficient based on 60 as 1.2 (that is, the value obtained by dividing 60 by 50 1.2).
- the first device replaces the previous weight coefficient with the new weight coefficient of the second device, that is, updates the weight coefficient 1.1 of the second device in the first mapping table to 1.2, and obtains the second mapping table (the weight of the second device in the second mapping table)
- the coefficient is 1.2).
- the first device acquires the target feature. This step is optional.
- the first device acquires the target feature, and the target feature includes the first value used by the first device to play the target signal, the device type of the second device, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the first value adjusted by the user. at least one of the three values.
- the target feature may further include a user portrait when the user inputs the third numerical value, so that the first device can provide different fourth numerical values to different users of the first device, thereby more accurately judging the usage habits of different users.
- the first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model. This step is optional.
- the second device After the user adjusts the third numerical value used by the second device to play the target signal each time, the second device sends the third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device knows the adjustment amount of the user each time.
- the first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature, which is equivalent to recording the adjustment value (ie the third value), device type, current time, current location and other target features when the user adjusts the second value.
- the target feature is equivalent to recording the adjustment value (ie the third value), device type, current time, current location and other target features when the user adjusts the second value.
- the target features By taking the target features as training samples. Learn the user's usage habits and predict the weight coefficient that best fits the current user scenario. Obtain a subsequent prediction weight model that conforms to the user's usage habits.
- the model to be trained in the embodiment of the present application may be selected from a machine learning model such as a LightGBM model, an SVM model, and a CNN model, or a model such as a neural network model.
- a machine learning model such as a LightGBM model, an SVM model, and a CNN model
- a model such as a neural network model.
- the second numerical value is used when the projection screen plays the video.
- the user may feel disturbed, and the user will turn down the volume of the video played on the projection screen (that is, the user will adjust the second value to the third value).
- the first device can select a volume value suitable for the user according to the previous training, thereby reducing the impact on other people.
- the first device may adopt the method of training the model to be trained, so that the weight coefficient is more in line with the user's habits, and even conforms to the usage habits and needs of different users in different scenarios.
- the second value may be obtained first according to the preset first mapping table. If the user inputs the third numerical value multiple times to adjust the second numerical value, the second device can record multiple third numerical values and send the third numerical value to the first device, and the first device can update the weight model according to the multiple third numerical values. That is, the first device may acquire the adjustment value (ie, the third numerical value) input by the user each time, and update the weight coefficient according to the third numerical value and the first numerical value.
- the first device acquires the user's adjustment value as a training sample, learns the user's usage habits, and subsequently provides a new weight coefficient that is more in line with the user's usage habits.
- the location, system time and user portrait of the second device may also be recorded when the user inputs the adjustment value. In order to make the new weight coefficient obtained by training more in line with user habits and meet different needs in different scenarios.
- the first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model. This step is optional.
- the first device may input the first numerical value into the prediction weight model to obtain the updated weighting coefficient, and specifically may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the updated weighting coefficient to obtain the fourth numerical value.
- prediction weight model can also directly output the fourth numerical value, which is not specifically limited here.
- the first device sends a fourth numerical value to the second device. This step is optional.
- the first device After obtaining the fourth numerical value according to the prediction weight model, the first device sends the fourth numerical value to the second device, so that the second device uses the fourth numerical value to play the target signal, and can obtain the numerical value conforming to the user's habit without user adjustment.
- This embodiment of the present application may include all or only part of the steps shown in FIG. 3 .
- an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 304 .
- An implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 305 .
- Another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 307 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 310 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 311 . There is no specific limitation here.
- the first device may determine the second value used for playing the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient.
- the weight coefficient method to determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal
- the volume of the second device after switching is automatically adjusted to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in audio size during switching, and making comfortable
- the second device can be switched to improve the user experience.
- the first device may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit.
- the first device can also obtain the fourth value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
- the second type the first device sends the first value and the weight coefficient to the second device.
- FIG. 4 another flow of the data processing method provided by the present application may include steps 401 to 411 . Each step in the method will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4 .
- the first device acquires a first numerical value.
- the first device determines a weight coefficient of the second device.
- Steps 401 and 402 in this embodiment are similar to steps 301 and 302 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not described herein again.
- the first device sends the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device.
- the second device receives the first value and the weight coefficient sent by the first device.
- the first device After the first device acquires the first value and determines the weight coefficient of the second device, the first device sends the first value and the weight coefficient to the second device.
- the second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weighting coefficient.
- the second device may determine the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient. Specifically, the second value may be obtained by calculating the product of the first value and the weighting coefficient.
- the second value of the second device is 93.5 (ie, 85 times 1.1 is 93.5).
- the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- the second device obtains a third numerical value. This step is optional.
- the second device sends a third numerical value to the first device.
- the first device receives the third value sent by the second device. This step is optional.
- the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value. This step is optional.
- the first device acquires the target feature. This step is optional.
- the first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model. This step is optional.
- the first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model. This step is optional.
- the first device sends a fourth numerical value to the second device. This step is optional.
- Steps 405 to 411 in this embodiment are similar to steps 305 to 311 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not repeated here.
- This embodiment of the present application may include all or only part of the steps shown in FIG. 4 .
- an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 404 .
- An implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 405 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 407 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 410 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 411 . There is no specific limitation here.
- the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device, and improve user experience.
- the first device may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit.
- the first device can also obtain the fourth value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
- the third type the first device sends the first value to the second device.
- FIG. 5 another flow of the data processing method provided by the present application may include steps 501 to 508 . Each step in the method will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 5 .
- a first device sends a first value to a second device.
- the second device receives the first value sent by the first device.
- the manner in which the first device acquires the first numerical value is similar to the manner in which the first device acquires the first numerical value in step 301 of the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not repeated here.
- the first device After the first device acquires the first value, the first device sends the first value to the second device.
- the first device is a mobile phone
- the second device is a watch
- the target signal is text (for example, novels, news or lyrics)
- the first value is the playback speed of the text on the mobile phone, assuming that the first value is 2x speed. or a velocity value of 120.
- the second device determines a weight coefficient of the second device.
- the second device may pre-store a first mapping table, wherein the related description of the first mapping table is similar to the first mapping table in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not repeated here.
- the second device may determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table.
- the second device determines the weight type of the second device according to the device type of the second device and the first mapping table.
- the device type of the second device is 0003, that is, the second device is a watch, and the speed weight of the second device is 0.7.
- the second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weighting coefficient.
- the second device may obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient. Specifically, the second device may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second numerical value.
- the first value is 2 times the speed or the speed value is 120
- the weight coefficient of the second device is 0.7
- the second value calculated by the second device is 1.4 times the speed (obtained by multiplying the 2 times speed by 0.7). 1.4x) or 84 (120 times 0.7 to get 84).
- the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- the watch plays text using a speed value of 1.4 times or 84.
- the second device obtains a third numerical value. This step is optional.
- the second device updates the first mapping table according to the third value. This step is optional.
- the user adjusts the speed of playing the text to a speed of 1.2 times or 72 (that is, the third value is 1.2 or 80), and the second device calculates the quotient of the third value and the first value,
- the resulting new weight factor is 0.6 (ie 1.2 divided by 2 to get 0.6, and 72 divided by 120 to get 0.6).
- the second device replaces the previous weight coefficient with the new weight coefficient of the second device, that is, updates the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table from 0.7 to 0.6, and obtains the second mapping table (the weight of the second device in the second mapping table The coefficient is 0.6).
- the second device acquires the target feature. This step is optional.
- the second device acquires the target feature, where the target feature includes the first value used by the first device to play the target signal, the device type of the second device, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the first value adjusted by the user. at least one of the three values.
- the target feature may further include a user portrait when the user inputs the third numerical value, so that the second device can provide different fourth numerical values to different users of the second device, thereby more accurately judging the usage habits of different users.
- the second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model. This step is optional.
- the second device records the third value after each time the user adjusts the third value used by the second device to play the target signal.
- the second device records the system time, playback location, and user portrait when the user adjusts the value.
- the second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature, which is equivalent to recording the adjustment value (ie the third value), device type, current time, current location and other target features when the user adjusts the second value.
- the target feature is equivalent to recording the adjustment value (ie the third value), device type, current time, current location and other target features when the user adjusts the second value.
- the target features By taking the target features as training samples. Learn the user's usage habits and predict the weight coefficient that best fits the current user scenario. Obtain a subsequent prediction weight model that conforms to the user's usage habits.
- the model to be trained in the embodiment of the present application may be selected from a machine learning model such as a LightGBM model, an SVM model, and a CNN model, or a model such as a neural network model.
- a machine learning model such as a LightGBM model, an SVM model, and a CNN model
- a model such as a neural network model.
- the second device when the current time is late at night, when the video (that is, the target signal) on the mobile phone (that is, the first device) is transferred to the projection screen (that is, the second device) for playback, the second numerical value is used when the projection screen plays the video, The user may feel disturbed, and the user will turn down the volume of the video played on the projection screen (that is, the user will adjust the second value to the third value).
- the second device After the user adjusts multiple times, records the value adjusted by the user and the current time (late night), and trains to learn. Later, when the user plays a video on the projection screen late at night, the second device can select a volume value suitable for the user according to the previous training, thereby reducing the impact on others.
- the second device may adopt the method of training the model to be trained, so that the weight coefficient is more in line with the user's habits, and even conforms to the usage habits and needs of different users in different scenarios.
- the second value may be obtained first according to the preset first mapping table. If the user inputs the third numerical value multiple times to adjust the second numerical value, the second device may record multiple third numerical values, and update the weight model according to the multiple third numerical values. That is, the second device may acquire the adjustment value (ie, the third value) input by the user each time, and update the weight coefficient according to the third value and the first value.
- the second device acquires the user's adjustment value as a training sample, learns the user's usage habits, and subsequently provides a new weight coefficient that is more in line with the user's usage habits.
- the location, system time and user portrait of the second device may also be recorded when the user inputs the adjustment value. In order to make the new weight coefficient obtained by training more in line with user habits and meet different needs in different scenarios.
- the second device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model. This step is optional.
- the second device inputs the first numerical value into the prediction weight model to obtain the updated weighting coefficient, and specifically may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the updated weighting coefficient to obtain the fourth numerical value.
- prediction weight model can also directly output the fourth numerical value, which is not specifically limited here.
- the second device uses the fourth value to play the target signal.
- This embodiment of the present application may include all or only part of the steps shown in FIG. 5 .
- an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 503 .
- An implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 504 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 505 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 507 .
- Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 508 . There is no specific limitation here.
- the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device, and improve user experience. Further, the second device may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit. In addition, the second device can also obtain the fourth value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
- FIG. 6 another flow of the data processing method provided by the present application.
- the data processing method provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 6 .
- the data processing method shown in FIG. 6 is described only by taking the first device being a mobile phone device and the target signal being an audio signal as an example.
- Human factors engineering studies the overall design of the human-machine system, and can use various research methods such as: survey method, experimental method, graphic model and other methods
- the weight ratio of the volume between the devices under the same auditory comfort level is measured, and a first mapping table is generated.
- the Android system can judge the current audio playback status of the mobile device through the interface in the Audio Manager. If the mobile phone device switches the playback device in the multimedia playback state, the device type of the playback device (that is, the second device) is obtained.
- the Bluetooth connection can return the type value of the corresponding type of the playback device through getBluetoothClass, and then judge whether it is the corresponding type according to the value.
- Valid types of equipment to which the invention relates For the connection between DLNA and Miracast devices, the type description field can be preset in the corresponding device, and the device type can be obtained by reading the description file of each device in the network through the mobile phone device.
- Valid device types will enter the next step of weight table query, invalid device types (that is, invalid devices are not recorded in the first mapping table), and invalid devices use the same volume value as the mobile device to play audio signals.
- the mapping table calculation module in the mobile phone first obtains the current media playback volume (ie, the first value) of the mobile phone device, and transmits it to the mapping table calculation module with the valid device type obtained through the connection protocol, and obtains the corresponding weight value through the device type (ie, the first value). weight coefficient), and calculate the volume value (ie, the second value) of the playback device (ie, the second device) in combination with the current volume of the mobile phone device.
- the next step is to transmit the media audio data stream (that is, the audio signal) and the calculated volume of the playback device to the playback device through Bluetooth, DLNA and Miracast protocols to perform media playback with the calculated volume value.
- Bluetooth transmission converts volume and audio data into digital signals, decodes the data stream and sends it to the target device.
- DLNA transmission searches for available devices on the local area network through the root device, and carries the volume and Url through the Body parameter for HTTP Post transmission.
- Miracast finds attached Miracast devices via WiFi-Direct and transmits data via RTSP live streaming protocol.
- the playback device uses the calculated relative sound for media playback, if the user is dissatisfied with the current volume and adjusts it manually, the volume adjusted by the user (ie, the third value) will be returned to the mobile phone configuration through the volume adjustment dot.
- the value of the mapping weight table is refreshed in combination with the optimal volume perceived by the user (that is, the first mapping table is updated to obtain the second mapping table).
- the embodiments of the present application further provide corresponding apparatuses, including corresponding modules for executing the foregoing embodiments.
- Modules can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
- an embodiment of the first device in the embodiment of the present application may also be an embodiment of a component (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) of the first device.
- a component for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system
- the first device 700 includes:
- Transceiver unit 701 used to obtain the first value used by the target signal to play in the first device and the device type of the second device;
- a processing unit 702 configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device
- the processing unit 702 is also used to determine the second numerical value used by the target signal to play in the second device according to the weight coefficient and the first numerical value;
- the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send the second value to the second device, so that the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- the transceiver unit 701 is also used to receive the third numerical value sent by the second device, and the third numerical value is the numerical value obtained after the adjustment of the second numerical value;
- the processing unit 702 is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value;
- the processing unit 702 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- processing unit 702 is further configured to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
- the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- each unit in the first device is similar to the operations performed by the first device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
- the processing unit 702 may determine the second value used for playing the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient. By using the weight coefficient method to determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal, the volume of the second device after switching is automatically adjusted to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in audio size during switching, and making comfortable The second device can be switched to improve the user experience. Further, the processing unit 702 may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit. In addition, the processing unit 702 may also obtain the fourth numerical value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
- the first device 700 includes:
- Transceiver unit 701 used to obtain the first value used by the target signal to play in the first device and the device type of the second device;
- a processing unit 702 configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device
- the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device determines the second numerical value of the second device according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient.
- the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to receive a third numerical value sent by the second device, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the processing unit 702 is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value;
- the processing unit 702 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- processing unit 702 is further configured to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
- the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- each unit in the first device is similar to the operations performed by the first device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
- the transceiver unit 701 sends the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device can determine the second numerical value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient, and automatically
- the volume of the switched second device is adjusted to the relative volume of the first device, so as to reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio size during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device, and improve user experience.
- the processing unit 702 may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit.
- the processing unit 702 may also obtain the fourth numerical value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
- an embodiment of the second device in the embodiment of the present application may also be a component of the second device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system). an example.
- the second device 800 includes:
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to receive a second value sent by the first device, where the second value is obtained by the first device according to the first value, the device type of the second device and the first mapping table, and the first value is played by the first device
- the value used by the target signal, the first mapping table is used to represent the relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient, and the weight coefficient is used to obtain the second value according to the first value;
- the processing unit 802 is configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to send a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as that in the first mapping table.
- the weight coefficients of the second devices are not the same.
- the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- each unit in the second device is similar to the operations performed by the second device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
- the processing unit 802 may receive the second value sent by the first device.
- the second value is the value used by the first device to determine the target signal played by the second device by adopting a weight coefficient method, and automatically adjusts the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the user's confusion in the switching process.
- the perception of the difference in audio size enables comfortable switching of the second device to improve the user experience.
- the transceiver unit 801 can also acquire the adjustment value of the user and send the adjustment value (ie, the third value) to the second device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table according to the adjustment value, so that the second device calculates the second device next time.
- the weight coefficient is more in line with user habits.
- the processing unit 802 may also receive a fourth numerical value sent by the first device, where the fourth numerical value is obtained by the first device according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in a specific scenario.
- the second device 800 includes:
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to receive a first numerical value and a weight coefficient sent by the first device, where the first numerical value is a numerical value used when the first device plays the target signal;
- a processing unit 802 configured to determine the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
- processing unit 802 is specifically configured to calculate the product of the first value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second value.
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the processing unit 802 is also used to use the third numerical value to play the target signal
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to send a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device uses the third numerical value to update the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and a third value;
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- processing unit 802 is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to use the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
- the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- each unit in the second device is similar to the operations performed by the second device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
- the processing unit 802 may receive the first numerical value and the weight coefficient sent by the first device.
- the processing unit 802 can obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient, and automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, so as to reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during the switching, and perform a comfortable first step. Switch between two devices to improve user experience.
- the transceiver unit 801 can also acquire the adjustment value of the user and send the adjustment value (ie, the third value) to the second device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table according to the adjustment value, so that the second device calculates the second device next time.
- the weight coefficient is more in line with user habits.
- the processing unit 802 can also obtain the fourth value according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in a specific scenario.
- the second device 800 includes:
- a transceiver unit 801 used for the second device to receive the target signal
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to receive a first numerical value from the first device, where the first numerical value is a numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal;
- a processing unit 802 configured to determine a weight coefficient
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to determine the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient;
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
- the processing unit 802 is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to play the target signal by using the third value.
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to update the first mapping table with the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table. same.
- the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and a third value;
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- processing unit 802 is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
- the processing unit 802 is further configured to use the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
- the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
- each unit in the second device is similar to the operations performed by the second device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
- the processing unit 802 may receive the first value sent by the first device.
- the processing unit 802 can obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient, and automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, so as to reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during the switching, and perform a comfortable first step. Switch between two devices to improve user experience.
- the transceiver unit 801 can also obtain the adjustment value of the user, and the processing unit 802 can update the first mapping table according to the adjustment value (ie, the third value), so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habits.
- the processing unit 802 can also obtain the fourth value according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in a specific scenario.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
- the communication device may be a first device or a second device.
- the communication device can be any terminal device including a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a point of sales (POS), a vehicle-mounted computer, etc.
- the communication device is a mobile phone as an example:
- FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a mobile phone related to the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the mobile phone includes: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 910 , a memory 920 , an input unit 930 , a display unit 940 , a sensor 950 , an audio circuit 960 , a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 970 , and a processor 980 , and power supply 990 and other components.
- RF radio frequency
- the RF circuit 910 can be used to send and receive information or to receive and send signals during a call.
- the RF circuit 910 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like.
- RF circuitry 910 may communicate with networks and other devices via wireless communications.
- the above-mentioned wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS), Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division) Multiple Access, CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA), Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE), email, Short Messaging Service (Short Messaging Service, SMS), etc.
- GSM Global System of Mobile communication
- General Packet Radio Service General Packet Radio Service
- GPRS General Packet Radio Service
- Code Division Multiple Access Code Division Multiple Access
- CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
- Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
- WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- SMS Short Messaging Service
- the memory 920 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 980 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 920 .
- the memory 920 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. Additionally, memory 920 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
- the memory 920 may store the first mapping table.
- the input unit 930 may be used to receive inputted numerical or character information, and generate key signal input related to user setting and function control of the mobile phone.
- the input unit 930 may include a touch panel 931 and other input devices 932 .
- the touch panel 931 also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations made by the user on or near it (such as the user's finger, stylus, etc., any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 931). operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program.
- the touch panel 931 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller.
- the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it to the touch controller.
- the touch panel 931 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
- the input unit 930 may also include other input devices 932.
- other input devices 932 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, and the like.
- the display unit 940 may be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone.
- the display unit 940 may include a display panel 941.
- the display panel 941 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal Display, LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (Organic Light-Emitting Diode, OLED), and the like.
- the touch panel 931 can cover the display panel 941. When the touch panel 931 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 980 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 980 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event. Type provides corresponding visual output on display panel 941 .
- the touch panel 931 and the display panel 941 are used as two independent components to realize the input and input functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch panel 931 and the display panel 941 can be integrated to form Realize the input and output functions of the mobile phone.
- the cell phone may also include at least one sensor 950, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
- the light sensor can include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 941 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor can turn off the display panel 941 and/or when the mobile phone is moved to the ear. or backlight.
- the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in all directions (usually three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary. games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for other sensors such as gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, thermometer, infrared sensor, etc. Repeat.
- the audio circuit 960, the speaker 961, and the microphone 962 can provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone.
- the audio circuit 960 can convert the received audio data into an electrical signal, and transmit it to the speaker 961, and the speaker 961 converts it into a sound signal for output; on the other hand, the microphone 962 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, which is converted by the audio circuit 960 After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the processor 980 for processing, and then sent to, for example, another mobile phone through the RF circuit 910, or the audio data is output to the memory 920 for further processing.
- WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology.
- the mobile phone can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media through the WiFi module 970. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
- FIG. 9 shows the WiFi module 970, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile phone.
- the processor 980 is the control center of the mobile phone, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone, by running or executing the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 920, and calling the data stored in the memory 920.
- the processor 980 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 980 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc. , the modem processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 980.
- the mobile phone also includes a power supply 990 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
- a power supply 990 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
- the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 980 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management functions through the power management system.
- the mobile phone may also include a camera, a Bluetooth module, and the like, which will not be repeated here.
- the processor 980 included in the terminal device may perform the functions in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
- FIG. 10 is a possible schematic diagram of the communication device 1000 involved in the above-mentioned embodiment provided for the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device may specifically be the first device or the second device in the foregoing embodiment.
- the communication device 1000 may include, but is not limited to, a processor 1001 , a communication port 1002 , a memory 1003 , and a bus 1004 .
- the processor 1001 is used to control the actions of the communication device 1000 .
- the processor 1001 may be a central processing unit, a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
- the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination comprising one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like.
- the memory 1003 may store the first mapping table.
- the communication device shown in FIG. 10 can be specifically used to implement the functions of the steps performed by the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG.
- the specific implementation manner of the communication device shown in FIG. 10 reference may be made to the descriptions in the respective method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
- Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions.
- the processor executes the possible implementations of the communication device described in the foregoing embodiments. method, wherein the communication device may specifically be the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
- Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product that stores one or more computers.
- the processor executes the method for possible implementations of the above communication device, wherein the communication device may specifically It is the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, which is configured to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the possible implementation manners of the communication device.
- the chip system may further include a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
- the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, wherein the communication device may specifically be the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a network system architecture, where the network system architecture includes the foregoing communication device, and the communication device may specifically be the first device and/or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
- the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
- the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
- multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
- the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place; or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
- the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Audiology, Speech & Language Pathology (AREA)
- Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
- Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Evolutionary Biology (AREA)
- Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
- Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Circuit For Audible Band Transducer (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed in the present application is a data processing method, being applied to the field of artificial intelligence, and particularly to the field of multi-device coordination. The method comprises: a first device can determine, according to a first value and a weight coefficient, a second value used for playing a target signal on a second device. By determining, by means of the method of using the weight coefficient, the value used for the second device to play the target signal, and sending the second value to the second device, a switched second device can automatically adjust a first amount to the corresponding value (i.e., the second value) of the first device, thereby reducing the sensing of a user for the difference between the values, comfortably performing the device switching of the second device, and improving user experience.
Description
本申请要求于2020年8月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010818113.8、发明名称为“一种数据处理方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010818113.8 and the invention titled "A data processing method and related equipment", which was filed with the China Patent Office on August 14, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. middle.
本申请实施例涉及终端人工智能领域,尤其涉及一种数据处理方法及相关设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of terminal artificial intelligence, and in particular, to a data processing method and related equipment.
人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)是利用数字计算机或者数字计算机控制的机器模拟、延伸和扩展人的智能,感知环境、获取知识并使用知识获得最佳结果的理论、方法、技术及应用系统。换句话说,人工智能是计算机科学的一个分支,它企图了解智能的实质,并生产出一种新的能以人类智能相似的方式作出反应的智能机器。人工智能也就是研究各种智能机器的设计原理与实现方法,使机器具有感知、推理与决策的功能。人工智能领域的研究包括机器人,自然语言处理,计算机视觉,决策与推理,人机交互,推荐与搜索,AI基础理论等。Artificial intelligence (AI) is a theory, method, technology and application system that uses digital computers or machines controlled by digital computers to simulate, extend and expand human intelligence, perceive the environment, acquire knowledge and use knowledge to obtain the best results. In other words, artificial intelligence is a branch of computer science that attempts to understand the essence of intelligence and produce a new kind of intelligent machine that responds in a similar way to human intelligence. Artificial intelligence is to study the design principles and implementation methods of various intelligent machines, so that the machines have the functions of perception, reasoning and decision-making. Research in the field of artificial intelligence includes robotics, natural language processing, computer vision, decision-making and reasoning, human-computer interaction, recommendation and search, and basic AI theory.
在无线通讯网路蓬勃发展的现代信息社会,移动电话已成为社会大众最为普遍使用的通讯工具之一。移动电话能让使用者随时随地进行无线通讯,方便地进行语音的沟通。且目前移动电话所提供的应用愈来愈广泛,使用者可利用移动电话来实现像是观看电影、播放音乐、收看新闻、录像录音等多媒体功能。In the modern information society where the wireless communication network is flourishing, the mobile phone has become one of the most commonly used communication tools in the society. Mobile phones allow users to communicate wirelessly anytime, anywhere, and easily communicate by voice. Moreover, the applications provided by mobile phones are becoming more and more extensive, and users can use the mobile phones to realize multimedia functions such as watching movies, playing music, watching news, and video recording.
随着终端的声音输出设备类型的不断增多,移动电话也可以通过外接声音输出设备(功放、蓝牙设备、USB音响等)进行音频输出。这样当移动电话从喇叭切换至其他声音输出设备(例如,从喇叭切换至蓝牙)进行音频输出时,移动电话仍然会使用喇叭对应的音量增益来对切换后的声音输出设备的输出音量进行调整。With the increasing number of sound output devices of the terminal, the mobile phone can also output audio through an external sound output device (power amplifier, Bluetooth device, USB audio, etc.). In this way, when the mobile phone switches from the speaker to another sound output device (eg, from the speaker to Bluetooth) for audio output, the mobile phone will still use the volume gain corresponding to the speaker to adjust the output volume of the switched sound output device.
但是,由于每种声音输出设备本身设备属性不同,会对同一音频数据产生不同的影响,因此,当移动电话使用同一声音增益来对不同声音输出设备输出同一音频时的输出音量进行调整时,则会导致不同声音输出设备输出同一音频的输出音量不同,进而导致用户在终端切换声音输出设备时,需要用户手动调整移动电话的音量来满足用户对音量的需求,给用户带来极大的不便。However, since each sound output device has different device properties, it will have different effects on the same audio data. Therefore, when the mobile phone uses the same sound gain to adjust the output volume when different sound output devices output the same audio, then This will result in different output volumes of the same audio output by different sound output devices, which will cause the user to manually adjust the volume of the mobile phone to meet the user's volume requirements when switching the sound output device at the terminal, which brings great inconvenience to the user.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种数据处理方法及相关设备。可以应用AI领域,具体可以是子领域多设备协同领域,用于确定合适的第二设备播放参数,提升用户体验。Embodiments of the present application provide a data processing method and related equipment. It can be applied in the field of AI, specifically in the field of sub-field multi-device collaboration, to determine appropriate playback parameters of the second device and improve user experience.
示例性的本申请实施例提供了一种数据处理方法可以适用的应用场景:用户需在手机设备进行多媒体音频播放,例如:音乐、视频、通话等。在音频播放过程中,通过蓝牙、一碰即传、App投屏切换第二设备,本申请实施例可以自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备切换。An exemplary embodiment of the present application provides an applicable application scenario for a data processing method: a user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on a mobile phone device. In the process of audio playback, the second device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection. This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch Perception of audio size differences, and comfortable second device switching.
示例性的场景:Exemplary scenario:
1、用户需要将手机播放的音乐转换到蓝牙耳机上播放。1. The user needs to convert the music played on the mobile phone to the Bluetooth headset for playback.
2、用户需要将手机播放的音乐、视频或图像等转换到电视、电脑或投影屏上播放。2. The user needs to convert the music, video or image played on the mobile phone to a TV, computer or projection screen for playback.
3、用户需要将手机播放的音乐、文本或图像等转换到智能手表上播放。3. The user needs to convert the music, text or images played on the mobile phone to the smart watch for playback.
应该理解,上述三种举例不应该对本申请实施例应用的场景造成任何的限制。It should be understood that the above three examples should not impose any restrictions on the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例第一方面提供了一种数据处理方法,该方法包括:第一设备获取目标信号在第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型;第一设备确定第二设备的权重系数;第一设备根据权重系数以及第一数值确定目标信号在第二设备播放所使用的第二数值;第一设备向第二设备发送第二数值,以使得第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。A first aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a first device obtains a first value used by a target signal to play on the first device and a device type of the second device; the first device determines the second The weight coefficient of the device; the first device determines the second value used by the target signal to play in the second device according to the weight coefficient and the first value; the first device sends the second value to the second device, so that the second device uses the second value Numerically plays the target signal.
本申请实施例中,第一设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,并向第二设备发送第二数值,使得自动将切换后的第二设备可以将第一数量调节至第一设备的相对音量(即第二数值),减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , and send the second value to the second device, so that the switched second device can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume of the first device (ie, the second value), reducing the user's concern about the difference in value during switching. Perceive, perform comfortable switching of the second device to improve the user experience.
可选地,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的第一设备确定第二设备的权重系数,包括:第一设备根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, determining the weight coefficient of the second device by the first device in the above steps includes: the first device determining the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, The first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
该种可能的实现方式中,根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,可选地,第一映射表结合了人因工程分析,提升了用户这切换音频播放时的使用体验。In this possible implementation manner, the weight coefficient of the second device is determined according to the first mapping table. Optionally, the first mapping table combines human factors engineering analysis to improve the user experience when switching audio playback.
可选地,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第一设备接收第二设备发送的第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;第一设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the above steps further include: the first device receives a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; A device updates the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
该种可能的实现方式中,第一设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表,即第一设备可以通过后续的用户操作更新第一映射表,更加符合第一设备与第二设备的切换使用场景。In this possible implementation manner, the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value, that is, the first device can update the first mapping table through subsequent user operations, which is more in line with the switching usage scenario of the first device and the second device .
可选地,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第一设备获取目标特征,目标特征包括第一数值、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;第一设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the above steps further include: the first device acquires a target feature, where the target feature includes the first value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and At least one of the third numerical values; the first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
该种可能的实现方式中,第一设备可以根据第二设备的播放地点、用户调整的第三数值以及用户调整第三数值时第二设备的系统时间等目标特征进行模型训练,得到更符合用户使用习惯以及特定场景下的预测权重模型。In this possible implementation manner, the first device can perform model training according to the target characteristics such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value, so as to obtain a model more suitable for the user. Use custom and predictive weight models for specific scenarios.
可选地,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第一设备根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;第一设备向第二设备发送第四数值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the above steps further include: the first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model; and the first device sends the fourth value to the second device.
该种可能的实现方式中,第一设备根据训练后的预测权重模型得到满足用户在特定场景下的数值需求。并向第二设备发送第四数值,使得第二设备使用更加满足用户需求的第四数值播放目标信号,进一步减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,提升用户体验。In this possible implementation manner, the first device obtains, according to the trained prediction weight model, a numerical requirement that meets the user in a specific scenario. The fourth value is sent to the second device, so that the second device uses the fourth value that better meets the user's needs to play the target signal, further reducing the user's perception of the difference in value during switching, and improving the user experience.
可选地,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设 备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device, and the second numerical value includes an audio signal. The volume value used for the signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second device. The volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
该种可能的实现方式中,用户需在手机设备进行多媒体音频播放,例如:音乐、视频、通话等。在音频播放过程中,通过蓝牙、一碰即传、App投屏切换媒体放音设备,本申请实施例可以自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备切换。In this possible implementation manner, the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device. During the audio playback process, the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection. This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
本申请实施例第二方面提供了一种数据处理方法,该方法包括:第二设备接收目标信号;第二设备接收第一设备发送的第二数值,第二数值为第一设备根据第一数值、第二设备的设备类型以及第一映射表得到,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系,权重系数用于根据第一数值得到第二数值;第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。A second aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a second device receives a target signal; the second device receives a second value sent by the first device, where the second value is the first device according to the first value , the device type of the second device and the first mapping table are obtained, the first numerical value is the numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal, and the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient , the weight coefficient is used to obtain the second value according to the first value; the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
本申请实施例中,第二设备可以获知第一数值对应的第二数值,即第一设备通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,并向第二设备发送第二数值,自动将切换后的第二设备可以将第一数量调节至第一设备的相对音量(即第二数值),减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。In this embodiment of the present application, the second device may know the second value corresponding to the first value, that is, the first device determines the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using a weight coefficient method, and sends the second value to the second device. value, the second device after switching can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume of the first device (ie, the second value), reducing the user's perception of the difference in value during switching, and performing comfortable second device device switching , to improve the user experience.
可选地,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;第二设备向第一设备发送第三数值,以使得第一设备更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the above steps further include: the second device obtains a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted; The device sends the third value, so that the first device updates the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备在接收用户的调整值后,向第一设备发送用户的调整值,可以使得第一设备根据用户的使用习惯更新第一映射表,使得第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值更加符合第一设备与第二设备的切换使用场景。进一步减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。In this possible implementation manner, after receiving the user's adjustment value, the second device sends the user's adjustment value to the first device, so that the first device can update the first mapping table according to the user's usage habits, so that the second device can play The value used by the target signal is more in line with the switching usage scenario of the first device and the second device. It further reduces the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, performs comfortable switching between the second device and the device, and improves the user experience.
可选地,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device, and the second numerical value includes an audio signal. The volume value used for the signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second device. The volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
本申请实施例第三方面提供了一种数据处理方法,该方法包括:第一设备获取目标信号在第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型;第一设备确定第二设备的权重系数;第一设备向第二设备发送第一数值以及权重系数,以使得第二设备根据第一数值以及 权重系数确定第二设备的第二数值。A third aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a first device obtains a first value used by a target signal to play on the first device and a device type of the second device; the first device determines the second The weight coefficient of the device; the first device sends the first value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device determines the second value of the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient.
本申请实施例中,第二设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,一方面:使得自动将切换后的第二设备可以将第一数量调节至第一设备的相对音量(即第二数值),减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。另一方面:减少第一设备计算第二数值时带来的功耗问题。In this embodiment of the present application, the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , on the one hand: the second device after switching can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume (ie, the second value) of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in the value of the value during switching, and making a comfortable second Device device switching to improve user experience. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused when the first device calculates the second value.
可选地,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的第一设备确定第二设备的权重系数,包括:第一设备根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, determining the weight coefficient of the second device by the first device in the above steps includes: the first device determining the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, The first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
该种可能的实现方式中,根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,可选地,第一映射表结合了人因工程分析,提升了用户这切换音频播放时的使用体验。In this possible implementation manner, the weight coefficient of the second device is determined according to the first mapping table. Optionally, the first mapping table combines human factors engineering analysis to improve the user experience when switching audio playback.
可选地,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第一设备接收第二设备发送的第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;第一设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above steps further include: the first device receives a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; A device updates the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
该种可能的实现方式中,第一设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表,即第一设备可以通过用户的调整更新第一映射表,更加符合第一设备与第二设备的切换使用场景。In this possible implementation manner, the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value, that is, the first device can update the first mapping table through user adjustment, which is more in line with the switching usage scenario of the first device and the second device.
可选地,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第一设备获取目标特征,目标特征包括第一数值、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;第一设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above steps further include: the first device acquires a target feature, where the target feature includes the first value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and At least one of the third numerical values; the first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
该种可能的实现方式中,第一设备可以根据第二设备的播放地点、用户调整的第三数值以及用户调整第三数值时第二设备的系统时间等目标特征进行模型训练,得到更符合用户使用习惯以及特定场景下的预测权重模型。In this possible implementation manner, the first device can perform model training according to the target characteristics such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value, so as to obtain a model more suitable for the user. Use custom and predictive weight models for specific scenarios.
可选地,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第一设备根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;第一设备向第二设备发送第四数值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above steps further include: the first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model; the first device sends the fourth value to the second device.
该种可能的实现方式中,第一设备根据训练后的预测权重模型得到满足用户在特定场景下的数值需求,并向第二设备发送第四数值,使得第二设备使用更加满足用户需求的第四数值播放目标信号,进一步减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,提升用户体验。In this possible implementation manner, the first device obtains a numerical value that meets the user's demand in a specific scenario according to the trained prediction weight model, and sends a fourth numerical value to the second device, so that the second device uses the first numerical value that better meets the user's demand. The target signal is played with four numerical values, which further reduces the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, and improves the user experience.
可选地,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation of the third aspect, the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device, and the second numerical value includes an audio signal. The volume value used for the signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second device. The volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
该种可能的实现方式中,用户需在手机设备进行多媒体音频播放,例如:音乐、视频、通话等。在音频播放过程中,通过蓝牙、一碰即传、App投屏切换媒体放音设备,本申请实 施例可以自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备切换。In this possible implementation manner, the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device. During the audio playback process, the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection. This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
本申请实施例第四方面提供了一种数据处理方法,该方法包括:第二设备接收目标信号;第二设备接收第一设备发送的第一数值以及权重系数,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号时所使用的数值;第二设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。A fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a second device receives a target signal; the second device receives a first value and a weight coefficient sent by the first device, and the first value is played by the first device The value used for the target signal; the second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient; the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
本申请实施例中,第二设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,一方面:使得自动将切换后的第二设备可以将第一数量调节至第一设备的相对音量(即第二数值),减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。另一方面:减少第一设备计算第二数值时带来的功耗问题。In this embodiment of the present application, the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , on the one hand: the second device after switching can automatically adjust the first volume to the relative volume (ie, the second value) of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in the value of the value during switching, and making a comfortable second Device device switching to improve user experience. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused when the first device calculates the second value.
可选地,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的第二设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值,包括:第二设备计算第一数值与所述权重系数的乘积,以得到第二数值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second device in the above steps determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient, including: the second device calculates the first value and the weight coefficient. to obtain the second value.
该种可能的实现方式中,当第二设备有计算能力的时候,通过计算第一数值与所述权重系数的乘积得到第二数值,减少第一设备计算第二数值时带来的功耗问题。In this possible implementation manner, when the second device has computing capability, the second value is obtained by calculating the product of the first value and the weight coefficient, thereby reducing the power consumption problem caused by the first device calculating the second value .
可选地,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;第二设备使用第三数值播放目标信号;第二设备向第一设备发送第三数值,以使得第一设备使用第三数值更新第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the above steps further include: the second device obtains a third value, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; the second device uses the third value. Playing the target signal numerically; the second device sends a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device uses the third numerical value to update the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备获取用户的调整值后,向第一设备发送调整值,以使得第一设备可以通过用户的调整更新第一映射表,更加符合第一设备与第二设备的切换使用场景。In this possible implementation manner, after acquiring the adjustment value of the user, the second device sends the adjustment value to the first device, so that the first device can update the first mapping table through the adjustment of the user, which is more in line with the first device and the second device. Switching usage scenarios of devices.
可选地,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备获取目标特征,目标特征包括第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;第二设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the above steps further include: the second device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value. At least one of the two; the second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以根据第二设备的播放地点、用户调整的第三数值以及用户调整第三数值时第二设备的系统时间等目标特征进行模型训练,一方面:可以得到更符合用户使用习惯以及特定场景下的预测权重模型。另一方面:减少第一设备训练模型带来的功耗问题。In this possible implementation manner, the second device may perform model training according to target features such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value. Obtain a prediction weight model that is more in line with user habits and specific scenarios. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused by the training model of the first device.
可选地,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;第二设备使用第四数值播放目标信号。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the above steps further include: the second device obtains a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model; and the second device uses the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备根据训练后的预测权重模型得到满足用户在特定场景下的数值需求,并使用更加满足用户需求的第四数值播放目标信号,进一步减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,提升用户体验。In this possible implementation manner, the second device obtains a numerical value that meets the user's demand in a specific scenario according to the trained prediction weight model, and uses a fourth numerical value that better meets the user's demand to play the target signal, further reducing the need for the user to switch between The perception of the difference in numerical value improves the user experience.
可选地,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备 上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to play on the first device, and the second numerical value includes an audio signal. The volume value used for the signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second device. The volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
该种可能的实现方式中,用户需在手机设备进行多媒体音频播放,例如:音乐、视频、通话等。在音频播放过程中,通过蓝牙、一碰即传、App投屏切换媒体放音设备,本申请实施例可以自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备切换。In this possible implementation manner, the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device. During the audio playback process, the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection. This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
本申请实施例第五方面提供了一种数据处理方法,该方法包括:第二设备接收目标信号;第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一数值,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号所使用的数值;第二设备确定权重系数;第二设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。A fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a data processing method, the method includes: a second device receives a target signal; the second device receives a first value from the first device, where the first value is the target signal played by the first device. The second device determines the weight coefficient; the second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient; the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
本申请实施例中,第二设备可以根据接收到的第一数值以及确定的权重系数得到在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,一方面:使得自动将切换后的第二设备可以将第一数量调节至第一设备的相对音量(即第二数值),减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。另一方面:减少第一设备计算第二数值时带来的功耗问题。In this embodiment of the present application, the second device may obtain the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the received first value and the determined weight coefficient, and determine the playback target of the second device by using the weight coefficient method. The numerical value used by the signal, on the one hand, enables the second device after switching to automatically adjust the first quantity to the relative volume (ie, the second numerical value) of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, Perform comfortable second device switching to improve user experience. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused when the first device calculates the second value.
可选地,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的第二设备确定权重系数,包括:第二设备根据第一映射表确定权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, determining the weight coefficient by the second device in the above steps includes: the second device determines the weight coefficient according to a first mapping table, and the first mapping table is used to represent the first mapping table. The relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
该种可能的实现方式中,一方面:第二设备根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,可选地,第一映射表结合了人因工程分析,提升了用户这切换音频播放时的使用体验。另一方面:第二设备可以存储有第一映射表,减少第一设备存储第一映射表带来的内存占用以及第一设备计算第二数值时带来的功耗问题。In this possible implementation, on the one hand, the second device determines the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, optionally, the first mapping table combines human factors engineering analysis, which improves the user's ability to switch audio playback. user experience. On the other hand, the second device may store the first mapping table, which reduces the memory occupation caused by the first device storing the first mapping table and the power consumption problem caused by the first device calculating the second value.
可选地,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;第二设备使用第三数值播放目标信号。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the above steps further include: the second device obtains a third value, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted; the second device uses the third value. Numerically plays the target signal.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以根据用户的调整使用符合用户习惯的数值播放目标信号,提升用户体验。In this possible implementation manner, the second device may play the target signal with a value that conforms to the user's habit according to the user's adjustment, so as to improve the user experience.
可选地,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备使用第三数值更新第一映射表得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the above steps further include: the second device uses the third value to update the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, the weight of the second device in the second mapping table. The coefficients are different from the weighting coefficients of the second device in the first mapping table.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备在接收用户的调整值后,根据用户的使用习惯更新第一映射表,使得第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值更加符合第一设备与第二设备的切换使用场景。进一步减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。In this possible implementation manner, after receiving the adjustment value from the user, the second device updates the first mapping table according to the user's usage habits, so that the value used by the second device to play the target signal is more in line with the first device and the second device. switching usage scenarios. It further reduces the user's perception of the difference in numerical value during switching, performs comfortable switching between the second device and the device, and improves the user experience.
可选地,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备获取目标特征,目标特征包括第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种; 第二设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the above steps further include: the second device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value. At least one of; the second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature, and obtains a prediction weight model.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以根据第二设备的播放地点、用户调整的第三数值以及用户调整第三数值时第二设备的系统时间等目标特征进行模型训练,一方面:可以得到更符合用户使用习惯以及特定场景下的预测权重模型。另一方面:减少第一设备训练模型带来的功耗问题。In this possible implementation manner, the second device may perform model training according to target features such as the playback location of the second device, the third value adjusted by the user, and the system time of the second device when the user adjusts the third value. Obtain a prediction weight model that is more in line with user habits and specific scenarios. On the other hand: reduce the power consumption problem caused by the training model of the first device.
可选地,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤还包括:第二设备根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;第二设备使用第四数值播放目标信号。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the above steps further include: the second device obtains a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model; and the second device uses the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
该种可能的实现方式中,第二设备根据训练后的预测权重模型得到满足用户在特定场景下的数值需求,并使用更加满足用户需求的第四数值播放目标信号,进一步减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,提升用户体验。In this possible implementation manner, the second device obtains a numerical value that meets the user's demand in a specific scenario according to the trained prediction weight model, and uses a fourth numerical value that better meets the user's demand to play the target signal, further reducing the need for the user to switch between The perception of the difference in numerical value improves the user experience.
可选地,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤中的目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the target signal in the above steps includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes an audio signal. The volume value used for the signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second device. The volume value or brightness value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playing the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for playback; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the text playback on the second device. Playback speed value.
该种可能的实现方式中,用户需在手机设备进行多媒体音频播放,例如:音乐、视频、通话等。在音频播放过程中,通过蓝牙、一碰即传、App投屏切换媒体放音设备,本申请实施例可以自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备切换。In this possible implementation manner, the user needs to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on the mobile phone device. During the audio playback process, the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transfer, and App screen projection. This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched second device to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the need for users to switch The perception of audio size difference in the middle, make the second device switch comfortably.
本申请第六方面提供一种第一设备,该第一设备可以是终端设备。也可以是终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统),该第一设备包括:A sixth aspect of the present application provides a first device, where the first device may be a terminal device. It can also be a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip or a system of chips), the first device including:
收发单元,用于获取目标信号在第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型;a transceiver unit, used for acquiring the first numerical value used by the target signal to play in the first device and the device type of the second device;
处理单元,用于确定第二设备的权重系数;a processing unit, configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device;
处理单元,还用于根据权重系数以及第一数值确定目标信号在第二设备播放所使用的第二数值;The processing unit is also used to determine the second numerical value used by the target signal to play in the second device according to the weight coefficient and the first numerical value;
收发单元,还用于向第二设备发送第二数值,以使得第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。The transceiver unit is further configured to send the second value to the second device, so that the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
可选地,在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,具体用于根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to indicate that the device type of the second device is the same as the value of the second device. The relationship between the weight coefficients.
可选地,在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,还用于接收第二设备发送的第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a third numerical value sent by the second device, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
处理单元,还用于根据第三数值更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。The processing unit is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
可选地,在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,还用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第一数值、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third at least one of the values;
处理单元,还用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit is further used to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
可选地,在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,还用于根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
收发单元,还用于向第二设备发送第四数值。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
可选地,在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second. The volume value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal played on the second device. The volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the image used to play on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本申请第七方面提供一种第二设备,该第二设备可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等。也可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统),该第二设备包括:A seventh aspect of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device includes:
收发单元,用于接收目标信号;a transceiver unit for receiving target signals;
收发单元,还用于接收第一设备发送的第二数值,第二数值为第一设备根据第一数值、第二设备的设备类型以及第一映射表得到,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系,权重系数用于根据第一数值得到第二数值;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second value sent by the first device, where the second value is obtained by the first device according to the first value, the device type of the second device and the first mapping table, and the first value is the playback target of the first device The numerical value used by the signal, the first mapping table is used to represent the relationship between the device type of the second device and the weighting coefficient, and the weighting coefficient is used to obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value;
处理单元,用于使用第二数值播放目标信号。The processing unit is used for playing the target signal using the second value.
可选地,在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,还用于获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
收发单元,还用于向第一设备发送第三数值,以使得第一设备更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as the first mapping table in the first mapping table. The weight coefficients of the two devices are different.
可选地,在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second. The volume value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal played on the second device. The volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the image used to play on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本申请第八方面提供一种第一设备,该第一设备可以是终端设备。也可以是终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统),该第一设备包括:An eighth aspect of the present application provides a first device, where the first device may be a terminal device. It can also be a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip or a system of chips), the first device including:
收发单元,用于获取目标信号在第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类 型;Transceiver unit, for acquiring the first numerical value and the device type of the second device that the target signal is used for playing in the first device;
处理单元,用于确定第二设备的权重系数;a processing unit, configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device;
收发单元,还用于向第二设备发送第一数值以及权重系数,以使得第二设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二设备的第二数值。The transceiver unit is further configured to send the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device determines the second numerical value of the second device according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient.
可选地,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,具体用于根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the weighting coefficient of the second device according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to indicate that the device type of the second device is the same as the value of the second device. The relationship between the weight coefficients.
可选地,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect,
收发单元,还用于接收第二设备发送的第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted;
处理单元,还用于根据第三数值更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。The processing unit is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
可选地,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,还用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第一数值、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third at least one of the values;
处理单元,还用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit is also used to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
可选地,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,还用于根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
收发单元,还用于向第二设备发送第四数值。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
可选地,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second. The volume value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal played on the second device. The volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the image used to play on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本申请第九方面提供一种第二设备,该第二设备可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等。也可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统),该第二设备包括:A ninth aspect of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device includes:
收发单元,用于接收目标信号;a transceiver unit for receiving target signals;
收发单元,还用于接收第一设备发送的第一数值以及权重系数,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号时所使用的数值;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first numerical value and the weight coefficient sent by the first device, where the first numerical value is the numerical value used when the first device plays the target signal;
处理单元,用于根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;a processing unit, configured to determine the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient;
处理单元,还用于使用第二数值播放目标信号。The processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
可选地,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,具体用于计算第一数值与权重系数的乘积,以得到第二数值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to calculate the product of the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second numerical value.
可选地,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,还用于获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, and the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
处理单元,还用于使用第三数值播放目标信号;The processing unit is also used to play the target signal by using the third numerical value;
收发单元,还用于向第一设备发送第三数值,以使得第一设备使用第三数值更新第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a third value to the first device, so that the first device uses the third value to update the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
可选地,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the transceiver unit is used to obtain a target feature, and the target feature includes at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third value. kind;
处理单元,用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit is used to train the to-be-trained model according to the target feature to obtain the prediction weight model.
可选地,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,还用于根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
处理单元,还用于使用第四数值播放目标信号。The processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the fourth numerical value.
可选地,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second. The volume value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal played on the second device. The volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the image used to play on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本申请第十方面提供一种第二设备,该第二设备可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等。也可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统),该第二设备包括:A tenth aspect of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device includes:
收发单元,用于接收目标信号;a transceiver unit for receiving target signals;
收发单元,还用于接收来自第一设备的第一数值,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号所使用的数值;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first numerical value from the first device, where the first numerical value is the numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal;
处理单元,用于确定权重系数;a processing unit for determining the weight coefficient;
处理单元,还用于根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;a processing unit, further configured to determine the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient;
处理单元,还用于使用第二数值播放目标信号。The processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
可选地,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,具体用于根据第一映射表确定权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to indicate the relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient. association relationship.
可选地,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,还用于获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
处理单元,还用于使用第三数值播放目标信号。The processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the third value.
可选地,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,还用于使用第三数值更新第一映射表得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to update the first mapping table by using the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as that of the second mapping table. The weight coefficients of the second devices in the first mapping table are different.
可选地,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元,还用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to acquire a target feature, where the target feature includes at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third value. A sort of;
处理单元,还用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit is further used to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
可选地,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,还用于根据第一数值以及预 测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the processing unit is also used to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
处理单元,还用于使用第四数值播放目标信号。The processing unit is further configured to play the target signal by using the fourth numerical value.
可选地,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the audio signal in the second. The volume value used for playback on the device; or the target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used for the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal played on the second device. The volume value or brightness value used; or the target signal includes an image, the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used for the image to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the image used to play on the second device. The brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image; or the target signal includes text, the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本申请实施例第十一方面提供了一种第一设备,该第一设备可以是终端设备。也可以是终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统),该第一设备执行前述第一方面、第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法、或第三方面、第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。An eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a first device, where the first device may be a terminal device. It can also be a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip or a chip system), and the first device executes the aforementioned first aspect, the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or the third aspect or the third aspect. A method in any possible implementation.
本申请实施例第十二方面提供了一种第二设备,该第二设备可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等。也可以是智能手表、电视、电脑或投影屏等的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统),该第二设备执行前述第二方面、第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法或第四方面、第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法或第五方面、第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a second device, where the second device may be a smart watch, a TV, a computer, or a projection screen, or the like. It can also be a component (such as a processor, chip or chip system) of a smart watch, a TV, a computer or a projection screen, and the second device executes the method or the first aspect in the second aspect, any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. The fourth aspect, the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
本申请第十三方面提供了一种第一设备,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该第一设备实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者使得该第一设备实现上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a first device, comprising: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used for storing a program or an instruction, when the program or the instruction is executed by the processor , so that the first device implements the first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or enables the first device to implement the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
本申请第十四方面提供了一种第二设备,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该第二设备实现上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者使得该第一设备实现上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者使得该第一设备实现上述第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a second device, comprising: a processor coupled to a memory for storing a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , so that the second device implements the above-mentioned second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or makes the first device implement the above-mentioned fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, Or make the first device implement the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
本申请实施例第十五方面提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,该指令在计算机上执行时,使得计算机执行前述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式、第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式、第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式、第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式、第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A fifteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the foregoing first aspect or any of the first aspects. Possible implementations, the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
本申请实施例第十六方面提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品在计算机上执行时,使得计算机执行前述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式、第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式、第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式、第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式、第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A sixteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second aspect or the second aspect In any possible implementation of the aspect, the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect Methods.
本申请实施例第十七方面提供了一种通信系统,包括第十一或第十三方面提供的第一设备,和第十二或第十四方面的第二设备。A seventeenth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including the first device provided in the eleventh or thirteenth aspect, and the second device in the twelfth or fourteenth aspect.
其中,第六、第十一、第十三、第十五、第十六、第十七方面或者其中任一种可能实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面或第一方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the technical effects brought by the sixth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth aspects or any of the possible implementations, please refer to the first aspect or the different possibilities of the first aspect The technical effects brought by the implementation manner will not be repeated here.
其中,第七、第十二、第十四、第十五、第十六、第十七方面或者其中任一种可能实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第二方面或第二方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the technical effects brought by the seventh, twelfth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth aspects or any of the possible implementations, please refer to the second aspect or the different possibilities of the second aspect The technical effects brought by the implementation manner will not be repeated here.
其中,第八、第十一、第十三、第十五、第十六、第十七方面或者其中任一种可能实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第三方面或第三方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, for the technical effects brought by the eighth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth aspects or any of the possible implementations, please refer to the third aspect or the third aspect for different possibilities The technical effects brought by the implementation manner will not be repeated here.
其中,第九、第十二、第十四、第十五、第十六、第十七方面或者其中任一种可能实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第四方面或第四方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, for the technical effects brought by the ninth, twelfth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth aspects or any of the possible implementations, please refer to the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect for different possibilities The technical effects brought by the implementation manner will not be repeated here.
其中,第十、第十二、第十四、第十五、第十六、第十七方面或者其中任一种可能实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第五方面或第五方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the technical effects brought by the tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth aspects or any of the possible implementations, please refer to the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect for different possibilities The technical effects brought by the implementation manner will not be repeated here.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本申请实施例具有以下优点:本申请实施例中,第一设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,并向第二设备发送第二数值,使得自动将切换后的第二设备可以将第一数量调节至第一设备的相对音量(即第二数值),减少用户在切换中对数值大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。It can be seen from the above technical solutions that the embodiment of the present application has the following advantages: in the embodiment of the present application, the first device can determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and The method of weight coefficient is used to determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal, and send the second value to the second device, so that the switched second device can automatically adjust the first amount to the relative volume of the first device ( That is, the second value), reduce the user's perception of the difference in the value of the value during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device device, and improve the user experience.
图1为人工智能主体框架的一种结构示意图;Fig. 1 is a kind of structural schematic diagram of artificial intelligence main frame;
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种应用环境示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of an application environment provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本申请实施例提供的数据处理方法一个流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的数据处理方法另一流程示意图;4 is another schematic flowchart of the data processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的数据处理方法另一流程示意图;FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的数据处理方法另一流程示意图;FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例中第一设备一个结构示意图;7 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例中第二设备一个结构示意图;8 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device in an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例中通信设备一个结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例中通信设备另一结构示意图。FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供了一种数据处理方法及相关设备。用于确定合适的第二设备播放参数,提升用户体验。Embodiments of the present application provide a data processing method and related equipment. It is used to determine suitable playback parameters of the second device to improve user experience.
下面结合本发明实施例中的附图对本发明实施例进行描述。本发明的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本发明的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本发明。The embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. The terms used in the embodiments of the present invention are only used to explain specific embodiments of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the present invention.
下面结合附图,对本申请的实施例进行描述。本领域普通技术人员可知,随着技术的发展和新场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Those of ordinary skill in the art know that with the development of technology and the emergence of new scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,这仅仅是描述本申请的实施例中对相同属性的对象在描述时所采用的区分方式。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,以便包含一系列单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于那些单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它单元。The terms "first", "second" and the like in the description and claims of the present application and the above drawings are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the terms used in this way can be interchanged under appropriate circumstances, and this is only a distinguishing manner adopted when describing objects with the same attributes in the embodiments of the present application. Furthermore, the terms "comprising" and "having" and any variations thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of elements is not necessarily limited to those elements, but may include no explicit or other units inherent to these processes, methods, products, or devices.
首先对人工智能系统总体工作流程进行描述,请参见图1,图1为人工智能主体框架的一种结构示意图,下面从“智能信息链”(水平轴)和“IT价值链”(垂直轴)两个维度对上述人工智能主题框架进行阐述。其中,“智能信息链”反映从数据的获取到处理的一列过程。举例来说,可以是智能信息感知、智能信息表示与形成、智能推理、智能决策、智能执行与输出的一般过程。在这个过程中,数据经历了“数据—信息—知识—智慧”的凝练过程。“IT价值链”从人智能的底层基础设施、信息(提供和处理技术实现)到系统的产业生态过程,反映人工智能为信息技术产业带来的价值。First, the overall workflow of the artificial intelligence system will be described. Please refer to Figure 1. Figure 1 is a structural schematic diagram of the main frame of artificial intelligence. The above-mentioned artificial intelligence theme framework is elaborated in two dimensions. Among them, the "intelligent information chain" reflects a series of processes from data acquisition to processing. For example, it can be the general process of intelligent information perception, intelligent information representation and formation, intelligent reasoning, intelligent decision-making, intelligent execution and output. In this process, data has gone through the process of "data-information-knowledge-wisdom". The "IT value chain" reflects the value brought by artificial intelligence to the information technology industry from the underlying infrastructure of human intelligence, information (providing and processing technology implementation) to the industrial ecological process of the system.
(1)基础设施(1) Infrastructure
基础设施为人工智能系统提供计算能力支持,实现与外部世界的沟通,并通过基础平台实现支撑。通过传感器与外部沟通;计算能力由智能芯片(CPU、NPU、GPU、ASIC、FPGA等硬件加速芯片)提供;基础平台包括分布式计算框架及网络等相关的平台保障和支持,可以包括云存储和计算、互联互通网络等。举例来说,传感器和外部沟通获取数据,这些数据提供给基础平台提供的分布式计算系统中的智能芯片进行计算。The infrastructure provides computing power support for artificial intelligence systems, realizes communication with the outside world, and supports through the basic platform. Communication with the outside world through sensors; computing power is provided by smart chips (hardware acceleration chips such as CPU, NPU, GPU, ASIC, FPGA); the basic platform includes distributed computing framework and network-related platform guarantee and support, which can include cloud storage and computing, interconnection networks, etc. For example, sensors communicate with external parties to obtain data, and these data are provided to the intelligent chips in the distributed computing system provided by the basic platform for calculation.
(2)数据(2) Data
基础设施的上一层的数据用于表示人工智能领域的数据来源。数据涉及到图形、图像、语音、文本,还涉及到传统设备的物联网数据,包括已有系统的业务数据以及力、位移、液位、温度、湿度等感知数据。The data on the upper layer of the infrastructure is used to represent the data sources in the field of artificial intelligence. The data involves graphics, images, voice, and text, as well as IoT data from traditional devices, including business data from existing systems and sensory data such as force, displacement, liquid level, temperature, and humidity.
(3)数据处理(3) Data processing
数据处理通常包括数据训练,机器学习,深度学习,搜索,推理,决策等方式。Data processing usually includes data training, machine learning, deep learning, search, reasoning, decision-making, etc.
其中,机器学习和深度学习可以对数据进行符号化和形式化的智能信息建模、抽取、预处理、训练等。Among them, machine learning and deep learning can perform symbolic and formalized intelligent information modeling, extraction, preprocessing, training, etc. on data.
推理是指在计算机或智能系统中,模拟人类的智能推理方式,依据推理控制策略,利用形式化的信息进行机器思维和求解问题的过程,典型的功能是搜索与匹配。Reasoning refers to the process of simulating human's intelligent reasoning method in a computer or intelligent system, using formalized information to carry out machine thinking and solving problems according to the reasoning control strategy, and the typical function is search and matching.
决策是指智能信息经过推理后进行决策的过程,通常提供分类、排序、预测等功能。Decision-making refers to the process of making decisions after intelligent information is reasoned, usually providing functions such as classification, sorting, and prediction.
(4)通用能力(4) General ability
对数据经过上面提到的数据处理后,进一步基于数据处理的结果可以形成一些通用的能力,比如可以是算法或者一个通用系统,例如,翻译,文本的分析,计算机视觉的处理,语音识别,图像的识别等等。After the above-mentioned data processing, some general capabilities can be formed based on the results of data processing, such as algorithms or a general system, such as translation, text analysis, computer vision processing, speech recognition, image identification, etc.
(5)智能产品及行业应用(5) Smart products and industry applications
智能产品及行业应用指人工智能系统在各领域的产品和应用,是对人工智能整体解决方 案的封装,将智能信息决策产品化、实现落地应用,其应用领域主要包括:智能终端、智能交通、智能医疗、自动驾驶、平安城市等。Intelligent products and industry applications refer to the products and applications of artificial intelligence systems in various fields. They are the encapsulation of the overall solution of artificial intelligence, and the productization of intelligent information decision-making to achieve landing applications. Its application areas mainly include: intelligent terminals, intelligent transportation, Smart healthcare, autonomous driving, safe city, etc.
下面简单介绍本申请提供的方案的应用场景。The following briefly introduces the application scenarios of the solutions provided in this application.
图2为本申请的一例应用场景的示意图。如图2所示,用户先使用第一设备201播放目标信号(音频、视频、图像或音乐等),若用户需要将第一设备201所播放的目标信号在第二设备202上播放(或者用户计划将目标信号在第二设备202播放,即该目标信号目前没在第一设备201播放)时,可以通过使用本申请提供的数据处理方法,使得第二设备202使用合适的数值(例如:音量、亮度或速度等)播放目标信号,提升用户体验。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example application scenario of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the user first uses the first device 201 to play the target signal (audio, video, image or music, etc.), if the user needs to play the target signal played by the first device 201 on the second device 202 (or the user When the target signal is planned to be played on the second device 202, that is, the target signal is not currently played on the first device 201), the second device 202 can use a suitable value (for example, volume) by using the data processing method provided in this application. , brightness or speed, etc.) to play the target signal to improve user experience.
示例性的具体介绍图2适用的几种应用场景:An exemplary specific introduction to several application scenarios for which Figure 2 is applicable:
1、用户需要将手机播放的音乐转换到蓝牙耳机上播放。1. The user needs to convert the music played on the mobile phone to the Bluetooth headset for playback.
2、用户需要将手机播放的音乐、视频或图像等转换到电视、电脑或投影屏上播放。2. The user needs to convert the music, video or image played on the mobile phone to a TV, computer or projection screen for playback.
3、用户需要将手机播放的音乐、文本或图像等转换到智能手表上播放。3. The user needs to convert the music, text or images played on the mobile phone to the smart watch for playback.
应该理解,图2所示的例子不应该对本申请实施例应用的场景造成任何的限制。It should be understood that the example shown in FIG. 2 should not impose any restrictions on the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application.
由于音频播放设备播放的大多音频都来自于不同的音频运营商。不同的音频运营商在音频录制时的音量大小会有差异。Because most of the audio played by the audio playback device comes from different audio operators. Different audio operators will have different volume levels when recording audio.
因此,对于同一音频,在播放设备设置相同播放音量的条件下,有十分明显的音量差异。用户通过终端设备执行音频播放操作。不可避免地,在播放音频的过程中,为了不打扰正处于公共场合的其他人,用户会将扬声器外放音频调整为耳机内放音频。然而,调整音频播放设备后的音频播放音量会变得偏大或偏小,尤其如果该音频播放音量突如其来地变得非常大时,会严重降低用户的听觉效果,甚至惊吓到用户。Therefore, for the same audio, under the condition that the playback device sets the same playback volume, there is a very obvious volume difference. The user performs an audio playback operation through the terminal device. Inevitably, in the process of playing audio, in order not to disturb other people who are in a public place, the user will adjust the audio from the speaker to the audio from the earphone. However, after adjusting the audio playback device, the audio playback volume will become too large or too small, especially if the audio playback volume suddenly becomes very large, the user's hearing effect will be seriously degraded, and the user may even be frightened.
为了解决上述问题,本申请提供一种数据处理方法,可以满足用户需在手机设备进行多媒体音频播放,例如:音乐、视频、通话等。在音频播放过程中,通过蓝牙、一碰即传、App投屏切换媒体放音设备,本申请实施例可以自动将切换后的放音设备音量调节至手机设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地放音设备切换。In order to solve the above problems, the present application provides a data processing method, which can satisfy the user's need to play multimedia audio, such as music, video, and calls, on a mobile phone device. During the audio playback process, the media playback device is switched through Bluetooth, one-touch transmission, and App screen projection. This embodiment of the present application can automatically adjust the volume of the switched playback device to the relative volume of the mobile phone device, reducing the number of users in the switching process. Perceive the difference in audio size, and switch the playback device comfortably.
本申请实施例中,仅以第一设备为手机为例进行说明,可以理解的是第一设备以及第二设备可以为终端设备(例如手机等),也可以是可穿戴设备、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等其他可以显示图像、显示文字、播放音乐或者视频的设备等。本申请实施例在此对于第一设备不做限制。In the embodiments of this application, only the first device is a mobile phone as an example for description. It can be understood that the first device and the second device may be terminal devices (such as mobile phones, etc.) Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) and other devices that can display images, display text, play music or videos, etc. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the first device here.
本申请实施例中的第二设备可以是耳机、电脑、电视、音箱、投影屏或手表等具有显示图像、显示文字、播放音乐或者视频的设备等。本申请实施例对于第二设备在此不做限制。The second device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device such as a headset, a computer, a TV, a speaker, a projection screen, or a watch, which is capable of displaying images, displaying text, and playing music or videos. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the second device here.
示例性的,当第二设备为耳机、音响或智能汽车上的显示屏时,第一设备与第二设备可以通过电气和电子工程师协会(institute of electrical and electronics engineers,IEEE)802.11协议传输数据。当第二设备为投影屏时,第一设备与第二设备可以通过超文本传输协议(HTTP)传输数据。当第二设备为投影屏、智能汽车上的显示屏、平板电脑或电脑时,第一设备与第二设备可以通过WIFI-Direct传输数据。对于第一设备与第二设备传输数据所采用的协议或方式此处不做限定。Exemplarily, when the second device is an earphone, a stereo or a display screen on a smart car, the first device and the second device may transmit data through the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 protocol. When the second device is a projection screen, the first device and the second device can transmit data through a hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP). When the second device is a projection screen, a display screen on a smart car, a tablet computer or a computer, the first device and the second device can transmit data through WIFI-Direct. The protocol or method used by the first device and the second device to transmit data is not limited here.
本申请实施例可以根据第一设备向第二设备发送数据的内容将本申请提供的数据处理方法分为多种情况:In this embodiment of the present application, the data processing method provided by the present application may be divided into various situations according to the content of the data sent by the first device to the second device:
第一种:第一设备向第二设备发送第二数值。The first type: the first device sends the second value to the second device.
下面结合图2对本申请提供的一种数据处理方法进行说明。如图3所示,本申请提供的数据处理方法一个流程可以包括步骤301至步骤311。下面结合图3详细说明方法中的各个步骤。A data processing method provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 2 . As shown in FIG. 3 , a flow of the data processing method provided by this application may include steps 301 to 311 . Each step in the method will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3 .
301、第一设备获取第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型。301. The first device acquires the first value and the device type of the second device.
第一设备先获取第一数值,具体可以是第一设备记录第一设备播放目标信号所使用的第一数值,或第一设备待播放目标信号的预设值(即第一数值)。The first device first obtains the first value, which may specifically be the first value used by the first device to record the target signal played by the first device, or the preset value (ie, the first value) of the target signal to be played by the first device.
可以理解的是,目标信号是否已经在第一设备上播放不做限定,第一数值为目标信号在第一设备播放所使用的数值即可。It can be understood that there is no limitation on whether the target signal has been played on the first device, and the first value may be the value used for the target signal to be played on the first device.
本申请实施例中的目标信号可以是音乐、音乐的歌词、视频、图像或文本等,具体此处不做限定。The target signal in this embodiment of the present application may be music, lyrics of music, video, image, or text, etc., which is not specifically limited here.
本申请实施例中的第一数值可以是播放音乐或视频的音量值,也可以是播放音乐或视频的亮度值,还可以是音乐歌词、小说或文本的播放速度值,可以理解的是,在实际应用中。第一数值还可以是其他数值,例如:第一数值还可以是视频或图片的缩放比例值,具体此处不做限定。The first value in the embodiment of the present application may be the volume value of playing music or video, the brightness value of playing music or video, or the playback speed value of music lyrics, novels or texts. Practical applications. The first numerical value may also be other numerical values, for example, the first numerical value may also be a scaling value of a video or a picture, which is not specifically limited here.
本申请实施例中,第一设备获取第二设备的设备类型的方式可以是通过第二设备向第一设备发送第二设备的设备类型,也可以是从第三设备(除了第一设备与第二设备以外的设备)上获取第二设备的设备类型,可以理解的是,在实际应用中,第一设备还可以通过其他方式获取第二设备的设备类型,例如:第一设备通过扫描第二设备的方式获取第二设备的设备类型,具体此处不做限定。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device may acquire the device type of the second device by sending the device type of the second device to the first device through the second device, or by sending the device type of the second device from the third device (except for the first device and the first device). Obtain the device type of the second device on a device other than the second device), it can be understood that, in practical applications, the first device can also obtain the device type of the second device in other ways, for example: the first device scans the second device by scanning the second device. The device type of the second device is obtained by means of a device, which is not specifically limited here.
本申请实施例中的第二设备的设备类型可以是耳机、电脑、电视、音箱、投影屏(幕布或智能汽车中的显示屏)或手表等,对于多个第二设备可以通过标识或编号的形式进行区别第二设备,例如:1、2或0001、0002等,设备类型的具体方式此处不做限定。The device type of the second device in the embodiment of the present application may be a headset, a computer, a TV, a speaker, a projection screen (a screen or a display screen in a smart car), a watch, etc. For multiple second devices, the identification or numbering of the The second device is distinguished by the form, for example: 1, 2 or 0001, 0002, etc. The specific manner of the device type is not limited here.
示例性的,当第一设备与第二设备之间为数字生活网络联盟(digital living network alliance,DLNA)或Miracast连接,可在第二设备中预置类型描述字段,通过手机设备读取网络中各个第二设备的描述文件获取第二设备的设备类型。Exemplarily, when a digital living network alliance (DLNA) or Miracast is connected between the first device and the second device, a type description field can be preset in the second device, and the mobile phone device can read the data in the network. The description file of each second device obtains the device type of the second device.
示例性的,如果手机(即第一设备)在多媒体播放状态下进行播放设备切换则获取第二设备的设备类型,例如蓝牙连接可通过getBluetoothClass返回第二设备的设备类型的类型数值。可选地,可以进一步再根据数值判断是否为第一映射表中记录的设备类型。Exemplarily, if the mobile phone (ie, the first device) switches the playback device in the multimedia playback state, the device type of the second device is obtained. For example, the Bluetooth connection can return the type value of the device type of the second device through getBluetoothClass. Optionally, it can be further judged according to the value whether it is the device type recorded in the first mapping table.
302、第一设备确定第二设备的权重系数。302. The first device determines a weight coefficient of the second device.
本申请实施例中,第一设备确定第二设备的权重系数方式可以有多种,下面仅以第一设备根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数的方式举例说明,可以理解的是,第一设备还可以根据预设规则确定第二设备的权重系数,或第一设备根据第三设备的指示确定第二设备的权重系数,具体此处不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, there may be various ways for the first device to determine the weight coefficient of the second device. The following only uses the first device to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table as an example. It can be understood that, The first device may also determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to a preset rule, or the first device may determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to an instruction of the third device, which is not specifically limited here.
本申请实施例中的权重系数相当于第一设备与第二设备之间的音量在相同听觉舒适度下的权重比。The weight coefficient in the embodiment of the present application is equivalent to the weight ratio of the volume between the first device and the second device under the same auditory comfort level.
示例性的,第一设备存储有第一映射表,该第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Exemplarily, the first device stores a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
为了方便理解,示例性的,请参阅表1:For ease of understanding, for an example, please refer to Table 1:
表1Table 1
标识logo | 设备类型Equipment type | 音量权重volume weight | 亮度权重Luminance weight | 速度权重speed weight | 缩放权重scaling weight |
11 | 0000(投影屏)0000 (projection screen) | 0.70.7 | 0.80.8 | 0.90.9 | 1.21.2 |
22 | 0001(耳机)0001(Headphone) | 1.11.1 | -- | 0.70.7 | -- |
33 | 0002(音箱)0002 (speaker) | 1.51.5 | -- | 0.80.8 | -- |
44 | 0003(手表)0003 (watch) | 0.80.8 | 1.31.3 | 0.70.7 | 1.51.5 |
…… | …… | …… | …… | …… | …… |
其中,表1中的设备类型以及各类权重只是举例说明,此处对设备类型的具体表现形式以及各类权重的数值此处不做限定。Among them, the device types and various weights in Table 1 are only examples, and the specific expression forms of the device types and the values of various weights are not limited here.
示例性的,当第一数值为播放音乐或视频的音量值时,第二设备的权重类型可以是音量权重。当第一数值为显示的亮度值时,第二设备的权重系数可以是亮度权重。当第一数值为播放音乐的歌词或文本的速度值时,第二设备的权重系数可以是速度权重。当第一数值为视频或图片的缩放比例值时,第二设备的权重系数可以是缩放权重。可以理解的是,第二设备的权重系数并不限于上述举例,还可以是其他形式的权重系数,此处不做限定。Exemplarily, when the first value is the volume value of playing music or video, the weight type of the second device may be volume weight. When the first numerical value is the displayed brightness value, the weight coefficient of the second device may be a brightness weight. When the first value is the speed value of the lyrics or text of the playing music, the weight coefficient of the second device may be the speed weight. When the first value is a scaling value of a video or a picture, the weight coefficient of the second device may be a scaling weight. It can be understood that the weight coefficient of the second device is not limited to the above examples, and may also be other forms of weight coefficients, which are not limited here.
本申请实施例中的第一映射表可以是通过人工预先设置,也可以是通过调查法或实验法获得,当然,第一映射表也可以根据预先训练用户在第一数值基础上调整为第二数值的习惯得到,第一映射表的获取方式此处不做限定。The first mapping table in this embodiment of the present application may be preset manually, or obtained by a survey method or an experimental method. Of course, the first mapping table may also be adjusted to the second mapping table on the basis of the first numerical value according to pre-trained users. The habit of obtaining the numerical value, the obtaining method of the first mapping table is not limited here.
303、第一设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值。303. The first device determines the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient.
第一设备根据第一映射表获取第二设备的权重系数,在根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值。具体可以是,第一设备计算第一数值与权重系数的乘积,得到第二数值。The first device acquires the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, and then determines the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient. Specifically, the first device may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second numerical value.
示例性的,当第二设备的设备类型为0001时,假设用户需要将在手机(即第一设备)上播放的音乐(即目标信号)转到耳机(即第二设备)播放,且当前手机上播放音乐的音量值为85(即第一数值为85),则耳机播放的音量(即第二数值)为93.5(即85乘以1.1为93.5)。Exemplarily, when the device type of the second device is 0001, it is assumed that the user needs to transfer the music (that is, the target signal) played on the mobile phone (that is, the first device) to the headset (that is, the second device) for playback, and the current mobile phone If the volume value of the music played on the device is 85 (ie, the first value is 85), the volume played by the headset (ie, the second value) is 93.5 (ie, 85 times 1.1 is 93.5).
304、第一设备向第二设备发送第二数值。相应的,第二设备接收第一设备发送的第二数值。304. The first device sends the second value to the second device. Correspondingly, the second device receives the second value sent by the first device.
第一设备确定第二数值后,第一设备向第二设备发送第二数值。第二设备接收到第二数值后,可以使用第二数值播放目标信号。After the first device determines the second value, the first device sends the second value to the second device. After receiving the second value, the second device can use the second value to play the target signal.
示例性的,延续上述举例,手机确定在耳机播放音乐的音量为93.5之后,手机向耳机传输的音量值为93.5;或者手机设置耳机使用93.5的音量值播放音乐。Exemplarily, continuing the above example, the mobile phone determines that after the volume of the headset playing music is 93.5, the volume value transmitted by the mobile phone to the headset is 93.5; or the mobile phone sets the headset to play music with a volume value of 93.5.
示例性的,当第一数值、第二数值为音量值时,第一设备目标信号以及第二数值通过蓝牙、DLNA或Miracast协议传输至第二设备,第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。其中,DLNA传输通过根设备在局域网搜索可用的第二设备,通过Body参数携带音量和Url进行HTTP Post传输。Miracast通过WiFi-Direct寻找附件Miracast装置,通过实时流传输协议(real time streaming protocol,RTSP)传输数据。Exemplarily, when the first value and the second value are volume values, the first device target signal and the second value are transmitted to the second device through Bluetooth, DLNA or Miracast protocol, and the second device uses the second value to play the target signal. Among them, DLNA transmission searches for available second devices in the local area network through the root device, and carries the volume and Url through the Body parameter for HTTP Post transmission. Miracast finds attached Miracast devices through WiFi-Direct and transmits data through real time streaming protocol (RTSP).
305、第二设备获取第三数值。本步骤是可选的。305. The second device obtains a third numerical value. This step is optional.
第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号后,第二设备根据用户调整第二设备播放目标信号得到第三数值。After the second device uses the second value to play the target signal, the second device obtains the third value by adjusting the second device to play the target signal according to the user.
可选地,第二设备获取第三数值后,第二设备使用第三数值播放目标信号。Optionally, after the second device acquires the third value, the second device uses the third value to play the target signal.
306、第二设备向第一设备发送第三数值,相应的,第一设备接收第二设备发送的第三数值。本步骤是可选的。306. The second device sends the third numerical value to the first device, and correspondingly, the first device receives the third numerical value sent by the second device. This step is optional.
第二设备获取用户输入的第三数值后,可以向第一设备发送第三数值,以使得第一设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表。After acquiring the third numerical value input by the user, the second device may send the third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table according to the third numerical value.
可以理解的是,上述第一设备获取第三数值的两种方式只是举例,实际应用中,第一设备还有其他方式获取第三数值具体此处不做限定。It can be understood that the above two ways for the first device to obtain the third numerical value are only examples, and in practical applications, the first device has other ways to obtain the third numerical value, which is not specifically limited here.
307、第一设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表。本步骤是可选的。307. The first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value. This step is optional.
第一设备获取第三数值之后,通过计算第三数值与第一数值的比值得到新的权重系数,并用新的权重系数更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表。After acquiring the third value, the first device obtains a new weight coefficient by calculating the ratio of the third value to the first value, and updates the first mapping table with the new weight coefficient to obtain the second mapping table.
示例性的,第一数值为50,一开始的权重系数为1.1,则第二数值为55。当第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号时,用户调整55至60,则第二设备向第一设备发送60,第一设备根据60计算新的权重系数为1.2(即60除以50得到的1.2)。第一设备用第二设备新的权重系数替换之前的权重系数,即将第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数1.1更新为1.2,得到第二映射表(第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数为1.2)。Exemplarily, the first value is 50, the initial weight coefficient is 1.1, and the second value is 55. When the second device uses the second value to play the target signal, and the user adjusts 55 to 60, the second device sends 60 to the first device, and the first device calculates a new weight coefficient based on 60 as 1.2 (that is, the value obtained by dividing 60 by 50 1.2). The first device replaces the previous weight coefficient with the new weight coefficient of the second device, that is, updates the weight coefficient 1.1 of the second device in the first mapping table to 1.2, and obtains the second mapping table (the weight of the second device in the second mapping table) The coefficient is 1.2).
308、第一设备获取目标特征。本步骤是可选的。308. The first device acquires the target feature. This step is optional.
第一设备获取目标特征,该目标特征包括第一设备播放目标信号所使用的第一数值、第二设备的设别类型、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间、用户调整的第三数值的至少一种。The first device acquires the target feature, and the target feature includes the first value used by the first device to play the target signal, the device type of the second device, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the first value adjusted by the user. at least one of the three values.
可选地,目标特征还可以包括用户输入第三数值时的用户画像,使得第一设备可以向第一设备不同的使用者提供不同的第四数值,从而更加准确判断不同使用者的使用习惯。Optionally, the target feature may further include a user portrait when the user inputs the third numerical value, so that the first device can provide different fourth numerical values to different users of the first device, thereby more accurately judging the usage habits of different users.
309、第一设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。本步骤是可选的。309. The first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model. This step is optional.
第二设备在用户每次调整第二设备播放目标信号所使用的第三数值之后,向第一设备发送该第三数值,以使得第一设备获知用户每次的调整量。After the user adjusts the third numerical value used by the second device to play the target signal each time, the second device sends the third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device knows the adjustment amount of the user each time.
第一设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,相当于,记录用户对第二数值进行调整时的调整值(即第三数值)、设备类型、当前时间、当前地点等目标特征,该待训练模型通过将目标特征作为训练样本。学习用户的使用习惯,预测最符合当前用户场景的权重系数。得到后续提供符合用户使用习惯的预测权重模型。The first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature, which is equivalent to recording the adjustment value (ie the third value), device type, current time, current location and other target features when the user adjusts the second value. By taking the target features as training samples. Learn the user's usage habits and predict the weight coefficient that best fits the current user scenario. Obtain a subsequent prediction weight model that conforms to the user's usage habits.
本申请实施例中的待训练模型可以选择LightGBM模型、SVM模型、CNN模型等机器学习模型或神经网络模型等模型。The model to be trained in the embodiment of the present application may be selected from a machine learning model such as a LightGBM model, an SVM model, and a CNN model, or a model such as a neural network model.
示例性的,在当前时间为深夜时,手机(即第一设备)上的视频(即目标信号)转到投影屏(即第二设备)上播放时,投影屏播放视频时使用第二数值,用户可能会觉得扰民,用户会调低投影屏播放视频的音量(即用户将第二数值调整为第三数值)。在用户调整多次后,记录用户调整的数值以及当前时间(深夜),并训练学习。在之后,用户深夜在投影屏上播放 视频时,第一设备可以根据之前的训练,选择适合该用户的音量值,从而减少对其他人的影响。Exemplarily, when the current time is late at night, when the video (that is, the target signal) on the mobile phone (that is, the first device) is transferred to the projection screen (that is, the second device) for playback, the second numerical value is used when the projection screen plays the video, The user may feel disturbed, and the user will turn down the volume of the video played on the projection screen (that is, the user will adjust the second value to the third value). After the user adjusts several times, record the value adjusted by the user and the current time (late night), and train to learn. Later, when the user plays a video on the projection screen late at night, the first device can select a volume value suitable for the user according to the previous training, thereby reducing the impact on other people.
第一设备可以采用训练待训练模型的方式,使得权重系数更加符合用户习惯,甚至是符合不同场景不同用户的使用习惯以及需求。对于预先没有用户调整值的实施方式,可以先根据预设的第一映射表来获取第二数值。若用户多次输入第三数值来调整第二数值,第二设备可以记录多个第三数值,并向第一设备发送第三数值,第一设备可以根据多个第三数值更新权重模型。即第一设备可以获取每次用户输入的调整值(即第三数值),并根据第三数值以及第一数值更新权重系数。即,第一设备获取用户的调整值,作为训练样本,学习用户的使用习惯,后续提供更符合用户使用习惯的新的权重系数。另外,在记录用户输入的调整值时,还可以记录用户输入调整值时,第二设备的地点、系统时间以及用户画像。以使得训练得到的新的权重系数更加符合用户习惯以及满足不同场景下的不同需求。The first device may adopt the method of training the model to be trained, so that the weight coefficient is more in line with the user's habits, and even conforms to the usage habits and needs of different users in different scenarios. For the implementation without the user-adjusted value in advance, the second value may be obtained first according to the preset first mapping table. If the user inputs the third numerical value multiple times to adjust the second numerical value, the second device can record multiple third numerical values and send the third numerical value to the first device, and the first device can update the weight model according to the multiple third numerical values. That is, the first device may acquire the adjustment value (ie, the third numerical value) input by the user each time, and update the weight coefficient according to the third numerical value and the first numerical value. That is, the first device acquires the user's adjustment value as a training sample, learns the user's usage habits, and subsequently provides a new weight coefficient that is more in line with the user's usage habits. In addition, when recording the adjustment value input by the user, the location, system time and user portrait of the second device may also be recorded when the user inputs the adjustment value. In order to make the new weight coefficient obtained by training more in line with user habits and meet different needs in different scenarios.
310、第一设备根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值。本步骤是可选的。310. The first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model. This step is optional.
第一设备将第一数值输入预测权重模型可以得到更新的权重系数,具体可以是计算第一数值与更新的权重系数的乘积,得到第四数值。The first device may input the first numerical value into the prediction weight model to obtain the updated weighting coefficient, and specifically may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the updated weighting coefficient to obtain the fourth numerical value.
可以理解的是,预测权重模型也可以直接输出第四数值,具体此处不做限定。It can be understood that the prediction weight model can also directly output the fourth numerical value, which is not specifically limited here.
311、第一设备向第二设备发送第四数值。本步骤是可选的。311. The first device sends a fourth numerical value to the second device. This step is optional.
第一设备在根据预测权重模型得到第四数值后,向第二设备发送第四数值,以使得第二设备使用第四数值播放目标信号,不用用户调整就可以得到符合用户习惯的数值。After obtaining the fourth numerical value according to the prediction weight model, the first device sends the fourth numerical value to the second device, so that the second device uses the fourth numerical value to play the target signal, and can obtain the numerical value conforming to the user's habit without user adjustment.
本申请实施例中可以包括图3所示全部步骤或者只包含部分步骤,例如,本申请实施例的一种实现方式可以包括步骤301至步骤304。本申请实施例的一种实现方式可以包括步骤步骤301至步骤305。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤301至步骤307。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤301至步骤310。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤301至步骤311。具体此处不做限定。This embodiment of the present application may include all or only part of the steps shown in FIG. 3 . For example, an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 304 . An implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 305 . Another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 307 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 310 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 301 to 311 . There is no specific limitation here.
本申请实施例中,第一设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值。通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。进一步的,第一设备还可以根据用户调整第二数值所使用的第三数值更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,第一设备还可以根据训练待训练模型的方式得到特定场景下的第四数值,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device may determine the second value used for playing the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient. By using the weight coefficient method to determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal, the volume of the second device after switching is automatically adjusted to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in audio size during switching, and making comfortable The second device can be switched to improve the user experience. Further, the first device may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit. In addition, the first device can also obtain the fourth value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
第二种:第一设备向第二设备发送第一数值以及权重系数。The second type: the first device sends the first value and the weight coefficient to the second device.
请参阅图4,本申请提供的数据处理方法另一流程可以包括步骤401至步骤411。下面结合图4详细说明方法中的各个步骤。Referring to FIG. 4 , another flow of the data processing method provided by the present application may include steps 401 to 411 . Each step in the method will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4 .
401、第一设备获取第一数值。401. The first device acquires a first numerical value.
402、第一设备确定第二设备的权重系数。402. The first device determines a weight coefficient of the second device.
本实施例中的步骤401与步骤402与前述图3所示实施例中的步骤301与步骤302类似,此处不再赘述。Steps 401 and 402 in this embodiment are similar to steps 301 and 302 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not described herein again.
403、第一设备向第二设备发送第一数值以及权重系数。相应的,第二设备接收第一设备 发送的第一数值以及权重系数。403. The first device sends the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device. Correspondingly, the second device receives the first value and the weight coefficient sent by the first device.
第一设备获取第一数值以及确定第二设备的权重系数之后,第一设备向第二设备发送第一数值以及权重系数。After the first device acquires the first value and determines the weight coefficient of the second device, the first device sends the first value and the weight coefficient to the second device.
404、第二设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值。404. The second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weighting coefficient.
第二设备获取第一数值以及第二设备的权重系数之后,第二设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值。具体可以是,计算第一数值与权重系数的乘积得到第二数值。After the second device acquires the first value and the weight coefficient of the second device, the second device may determine the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient. Specifically, the second value may be obtained by calculating the product of the first value and the weighting coefficient.
示例性的,当第一数值为85,第二设备的权重系数为1.1时,则第二设备的第二数值为93.5(即85乘以1.1为93.5)。Exemplarily, when the first value is 85 and the weight coefficient of the second device is 1.1, the second value of the second device is 93.5 (ie, 85 times 1.1 is 93.5).
可选地,第二设备确定第二数值后,使用第二数值播放目标信号。Optionally, after determining the second value, the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
405、第二设备获取第三数值。本步骤是可选的。405. The second device obtains a third numerical value. This step is optional.
406、第二设备向第一设备发送第三数值。相应的,第一设备接收第二设备发送的第三数值。本步骤是可选的。406. The second device sends a third numerical value to the first device. Correspondingly, the first device receives the third value sent by the second device. This step is optional.
407、第一设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表。本步骤是可选的。407. The first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value. This step is optional.
408、第一设备获取目标特征。本步骤是可选的。408. The first device acquires the target feature. This step is optional.
409、第一设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。本步骤是可选的。409. The first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model. This step is optional.
410、第一设备根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值。本步骤是可选的。410. The first device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model. This step is optional.
411、第一设备向第二设备发送第四数值。本步骤是可选的。411. The first device sends a fourth numerical value to the second device. This step is optional.
本实施例中的步骤405至步骤411与前述图3所示实施例中的步骤305至步骤311类似,此处不再赘述。Steps 405 to 411 in this embodiment are similar to steps 305 to 311 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例中可以包括图4所示全部步骤或者只包含部分步骤,例如,本申请实施例的一种实现方式可以包括步骤401至步骤404。本申请实施例的一种实现方式可以包括步骤步骤401至步骤405。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤401至步骤407。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤401至步骤410。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤401至步骤411。具体此处不做限定。This embodiment of the present application may include all or only part of the steps shown in FIG. 4 . For example, an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 404 . An implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 405 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 407 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 410 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 401 to 411 . There is no specific limitation here.
本申请实施例中,第二设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。进一步的,第一设备还可以根据用户调整第二数值所使用的第三数值更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,第一设备还可以根据训练待训练模型的方式得到特定场景下的第四数值,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment of the present application, the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device, and improve user experience. Further, the first device may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit. In addition, the first device can also obtain the fourth value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
第三种:第一设备向第二设备发送第一数值。The third type: the first device sends the first value to the second device.
请参阅图5,本申请提供的数据处理方法另一流程可以包括步骤501至步骤508。下面结合图5详细说明方法中的各个步骤。Referring to FIG. 5 , another flow of the data processing method provided by the present application may include steps 501 to 508 . Each step in the method will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 5 .
501、第一设备向第二设备发送第一数值。相应的,第二设备接收第一设备发送的第一数值。501. A first device sends a first value to a second device. Correspondingly, the second device receives the first value sent by the first device.
第一设备获取第一数值的方式与前述图3所示实施例步骤301中第一设备获取第一数值 的方式类似,此处不再赘述。The manner in which the first device acquires the first numerical value is similar to the manner in which the first device acquires the first numerical value in step 301 of the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not repeated here.
第一设备获取第一数值之后,第一设备向第二设备发送第一数值。After the first device acquires the first value, the first device sends the first value to the second device.
示例性的,第一设备为手机,第二设备为手表,目标信号为文本(例如,小说、新闻或歌词),第一数值为文本在手机上的播放速度值,假设第一数值是2倍速或速度值为120。Exemplarily, the first device is a mobile phone, the second device is a watch, the target signal is text (for example, novels, news or lyrics), and the first value is the playback speed of the text on the mobile phone, assuming that the first value is 2x speed. or a velocity value of 120.
502、第二设备确定第二设备的权重系数。502. The second device determines a weight coefficient of the second device.
第二设备可以预先存储有第一映射表,其中,第一映射表的相关描述与前述图3所示实施例中的第一映射表类似,此处不再赘述。The second device may pre-store a first mapping table, wherein the related description of the first mapping table is similar to the first mapping table in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details are not repeated here.
第二设备可以根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数。The second device may determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table.
可选地,第二设备根据第二设备的设备类型以及第一映射表确定第二设备的权重类型。Optionally, the second device determines the weight type of the second device according to the device type of the second device and the first mapping table.
示例性的,如表1所示,延续上述举例,第二设备的设备类型是0003,即第二设备为手表,则第二设备的速度权重为0.7。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 1, continuing the above example, the device type of the second device is 0003, that is, the second device is a watch, and the speed weight of the second device is 0.7.
503、第二设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值。503. The second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weighting coefficient.
第二设备获取第一数值以及确定权重系数之后,第二设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数得到第二数值。具体可以是,第二设备计算第一数值与权重系数的乘积,得到第二数值。After the second device acquires the first numerical value and determines the weighting coefficient, the second device may obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient. Specifically, the second device may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second numerical value.
示例性的,延续上述举例,第一数值是2倍速或速度值为120,第二设备的权重系数是0.7,则第二设备计算出来的第二数值为1.4倍速(2倍速乘以0.7得到的1.4倍速)或84(120乘以0.7得到的84)。Exemplarily, continuing the above example, the first value is 2 times the speed or the speed value is 120, and the weight coefficient of the second device is 0.7, then the second value calculated by the second device is 1.4 times the speed (obtained by multiplying the 2 times speed by 0.7). 1.4x) or 84 (120 times 0.7 to get 84).
可选地,第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。Optionally, the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
示例性的,手表使用1.4倍速或84的速度值播放文本。Exemplarily, the watch plays text using a speed value of 1.4 times or 84.
504、第二设备获取第三数值。本步骤是可选的。504. The second device obtains a third numerical value. This step is optional.
505、第二设备根据第三数值更新第一映射表。本步骤是可选的。505. The second device updates the first mapping table according to the third value. This step is optional.
示例性的,延续上述举例,用户将播放文本的速度调成了1.2倍速或72的速度值(即第三数值为1.2或80),第二设备通过计算第三数值与第一数值的商,得到新的权重系数为0.6(即1.2除以2得到0.6,72除以120得到0.6)。第二设备用第二设备新的权重系数替换之前的权重系数,即将第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数0.7更新为0.6,得到第二映射表(第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数为0.6)。Exemplarily, continuing the above example, the user adjusts the speed of playing the text to a speed of 1.2 times or 72 (that is, the third value is 1.2 or 80), and the second device calculates the quotient of the third value and the first value, The resulting new weight factor is 0.6 (ie 1.2 divided by 2 to get 0.6, and 72 divided by 120 to get 0.6). The second device replaces the previous weight coefficient with the new weight coefficient of the second device, that is, updates the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table from 0.7 to 0.6, and obtains the second mapping table (the weight of the second device in the second mapping table The coefficient is 0.6).
506、第二设备获取目标特征。本步骤是可选的。506. The second device acquires the target feature. This step is optional.
第二设备获取目标特征,该目标特征包括第一设备播放目标信号所使用的第一数值、第二设备的设别类型、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间、用户调整的第三数值的至少一种。The second device acquires the target feature, where the target feature includes the first value used by the first device to play the target signal, the device type of the second device, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the first value adjusted by the user. at least one of the three values.
可选地,目标特征还可以包括用户输入第三数值时的用户画像,使得第二设备可以向第二设备不同的使用者提供不同的第四数值,从而更加准确判断不同使用者的使用习惯。Optionally, the target feature may further include a user portrait when the user inputs the third numerical value, so that the second device can provide different fourth numerical values to different users of the second device, thereby more accurately judging the usage habits of different users.
507、第二设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。本步骤是可选的。507. The second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model. This step is optional.
第二设备在用户每次调整第二设备播放目标信号所使用的第三数值之后,记录该第三数值。可选地,第二设备记录用户调整数值时的系统时间、播放地点以及用户画像等。The second device records the third value after each time the user adjusts the third value used by the second device to play the target signal. Optionally, the second device records the system time, playback location, and user portrait when the user adjusts the value.
第二设备根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,相当于,记录用户对第二数值进行调整时的调整值(即第三数值)、设备类型、当前时间、当前地点等目标特征,该待训练模型通过 将目标特征作为训练样本。学习用户的使用习惯,预测最符合当前用户场景的权重系数。得到后续提供符合用户使用习惯的预测权重模型。The second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature, which is equivalent to recording the adjustment value (ie the third value), device type, current time, current location and other target features when the user adjusts the second value. By taking the target features as training samples. Learn the user's usage habits and predict the weight coefficient that best fits the current user scenario. Obtain a subsequent prediction weight model that conforms to the user's usage habits.
本申请实施例中的待训练模型可以选择LightGBM模型、SVM模型、CNN模型等机器学习模型或神经网络模型等模型。The model to be trained in the embodiment of the present application may be selected from a machine learning model such as a LightGBM model, an SVM model, and a CNN model, or a model such as a neural network model.
示例性的,在当前时间为深夜时,手机(即第一设备)上的视频(即目标信号)转到投影屏(即第二设备)上播放时,投影屏播放视频时使用第二数值,用户可能会觉得扰民,用户会调低投影屏播放视频的音量(即用户将第二数值调整为第三数值)。在用户调整多次后,第二设备记录用户调整的数值以及当前时间(深夜),并训练学习。在之后,用户深夜在投影屏上播放视频时,第二设备可以根据之前的训练,选择适合该用户的音量值,从而减少对其他人的影响。Exemplarily, when the current time is late at night, when the video (that is, the target signal) on the mobile phone (that is, the first device) is transferred to the projection screen (that is, the second device) for playback, the second numerical value is used when the projection screen plays the video, The user may feel disturbed, and the user will turn down the volume of the video played on the projection screen (that is, the user will adjust the second value to the third value). After the user adjusts multiple times, the second device records the value adjusted by the user and the current time (late night), and trains to learn. Later, when the user plays a video on the projection screen late at night, the second device can select a volume value suitable for the user according to the previous training, thereby reducing the impact on others.
第二设备可以采用训练待训练模型的方式,使得权重系数更加符合用户习惯,甚至是符合不同场景不同用户的使用习惯以及需求。对于预先没有用户调整值的实施方式,可以先根据预设的第一映射表来获取第二数值。若用户多次输入第三数值来调整第二数值,第二设备可以记录多个第三数值,并根据多个第三数值更新权重模型。即第二设备可以获取每次用户输入的调整值(即第三数值),并根据第三数值以及第一数值更新权重系数。即,第二设备获取用户的调整值,作为训练样本,学习用户的使用习惯,后续提供更符合用户使用习惯的新的权重系数。另外,在记录用户输入的调整值时,还可以记录用户输入调整值时,第二设备的地点、系统时间以及用户画像。以使得训练得到的新的权重系数更加符合用户习惯以及满足不同场景下的不同需求。The second device may adopt the method of training the model to be trained, so that the weight coefficient is more in line with the user's habits, and even conforms to the usage habits and needs of different users in different scenarios. For the implementation without the user-adjusted value in advance, the second value may be obtained first according to the preset first mapping table. If the user inputs the third numerical value multiple times to adjust the second numerical value, the second device may record multiple third numerical values, and update the weight model according to the multiple third numerical values. That is, the second device may acquire the adjustment value (ie, the third value) input by the user each time, and update the weight coefficient according to the third value and the first value. That is, the second device acquires the user's adjustment value as a training sample, learns the user's usage habits, and subsequently provides a new weight coefficient that is more in line with the user's usage habits. In addition, when recording the adjustment value input by the user, the location, system time and user portrait of the second device may also be recorded when the user inputs the adjustment value. In order to make the new weight coefficient obtained by training more in line with user habits and meet different needs in different scenarios.
508、第二设备根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值。本步骤是可选的。508. The second device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model. This step is optional.
第二设备将第一数值输入预测权重模型可以得到更新的权重系数,具体可以是计算第一数值与更新的权重系数的乘积,得到第四数值。The second device inputs the first numerical value into the prediction weight model to obtain the updated weighting coefficient, and specifically may calculate the product of the first numerical value and the updated weighting coefficient to obtain the fourth numerical value.
可以理解的是,预测权重模型也可以直接输出第四数值,具体此处不做限定。It can be understood that the prediction weight model can also directly output the fourth numerical value, which is not specifically limited here.
可选地,第二设备使用第四数值播放目标信号。Optionally, the second device uses the fourth value to play the target signal.
本申请实施例中可以包括图5所示全部步骤或者只包含部分步骤,例如,本申请实施例的一种实现方式可以包括步骤501至步骤503。本申请实施例的一种实现方式可以包括步骤步骤501至步骤504。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤501至步骤505。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤501至步骤507。本申请实施例的另一种实现方式可以包括步骤501至步骤508。具体此处不做限定。This embodiment of the present application may include all or only part of the steps shown in FIG. 5 . For example, an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 503 . An implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 504 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 505 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 507 . Another implementation manner of this embodiment of the present application may include steps 501 to 508 . There is no specific limitation here.
本申请实施例中,第二设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。进一步的,第二设备还可以根据用户调整第二数值所使用的第三数值更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,第二设备还可以根据训练待训练模型的方式得到特定场景下的第四数值,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment of the present application, the second device may determine the second value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient, and determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal by using the weight coefficient method , automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device, and improve user experience. Further, the second device may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit. In addition, the second device can also obtain the fourth value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
请参阅图6,本申请提供的数据处理方法另一流程。下面结合图6说明本申请提供的数据处理方法。Please refer to FIG. 6 , another flow of the data processing method provided by the present application. The data processing method provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 6 .
本申请实施例仅以第一设备是手机设备,目标信号是音频信号为例,对图6所示的数据处理方法进行描述。In the embodiment of the present application, the data processing method shown in FIG. 6 is described only by taking the first device being a mobile phone device and the target signal being an audio signal as an example.
首先在手机设备通过人因工程计算多设备间相对音量预置表赋初始值,人因工程研究人机系统总体设计,可通过多种研究方法例如:调查法,实验法,图示模型等方法度量设备间的音量在相同听觉舒适度下的权重比,生成第一映射表。First, calculate the relative volume preset table among multiple devices through human factors engineering to assign the initial value to the mobile phone device. Human factors engineering studies the overall design of the human-machine system, and can use various research methods such as: survey method, experimental method, graphic model and other methods The weight ratio of the volume between the devices under the same auditory comfort level is measured, and a first mapping table is generated.
当手机设备在多媒体播放过程中,安卓系统可通过Audio Manager中的接口判断手机设备当前的音频播放状态。如果手机设备在多媒体播放状态下进行播放设备切换则获取放音设备(即第二设备)的设备类型,例如蓝牙连接可通过getBluetoothClass返回放音设备对应类型的类型数值,再根据数值判断是否为该发明涉及的有效的设备类型。针对DLNA与Miracast设备连接,可在对应设备中预置类型描述字段,通过手机设备读取网络中各个设备的描述文件获取设备类型。有效的设备类型将进入下一步权重表查询,无效的设备类型(即第一映射表中并未记录无效设备),无效的设备使用与手机设备相同的音量值播放音频信号。When the mobile device is playing multimedia, the Android system can judge the current audio playback status of the mobile device through the interface in the Audio Manager. If the mobile phone device switches the playback device in the multimedia playback state, the device type of the playback device (that is, the second device) is obtained. For example, the Bluetooth connection can return the type value of the corresponding type of the playback device through getBluetoothClass, and then judge whether it is the corresponding type according to the value. Valid types of equipment to which the invention relates. For the connection between DLNA and Miracast devices, the type description field can be preset in the corresponding device, and the device type can be obtained by reading the description file of each device in the network through the mobile phone device. Valid device types will enter the next step of weight table query, invalid device types (that is, invalid devices are not recorded in the first mapping table), and invalid devices use the same volume value as the mobile device to play audio signals.
手机中的映射表计算模块首先获取手机设备的当前媒体播放音量(即第一数值),并与通过连接协议获取到的有效设备类型传入映射表计算模块,通过设备类型获取对应权重值(即权重系数),结合手机设备当前音量计算放音设备(即第二设备)的音量值(即第二数值)。The mapping table calculation module in the mobile phone first obtains the current media playback volume (ie, the first value) of the mobile phone device, and transmits it to the mapping table calculation module with the valid device type obtained through the connection protocol, and obtains the corresponding weight value through the device type (ie, the first value). weight coefficient), and calculate the volume value (ie, the second value) of the playback device (ie, the second device) in combination with the current volume of the mobile phone device.
下一步将媒体音频数据流(即音频信号)与计算出的放音设备音量通过蓝牙、DLNA和Miracast协议传输至放音设备以计算后的音量值进行媒体播放。蓝牙传输将音量与音频数据转换为数字信号,解码数据流发送至目标设备。DLNA传输通过根设备在局域网搜索可用设备,通过Body参数携带音量和Url进行HTTP Post传输。Miracast通过WiFi-Direct寻找附件Miracast装置,通过RTSP即时串流协定传输数据。The next step is to transmit the media audio data stream (that is, the audio signal) and the calculated volume of the playback device to the playback device through Bluetooth, DLNA and Miracast protocols to perform media playback with the calculated volume value. Bluetooth transmission converts volume and audio data into digital signals, decodes the data stream and sends it to the target device. DLNA transmission searches for available devices on the local area network through the root device, and carries the volume and Url through the Body parameter for HTTP Post transmission. Miracast finds attached Miracast devices via WiFi-Direct and transmits data via RTSP live streaming protocol.
当放音设备使用计算后的相对音响进行媒体播放时,如用户对当前音量不满意并进行手动调整,则会通过音量调节打点将用户调整后的音量(即第三数值)返回手机配置,从而结合用户感知的最优音量刷新映射权重表数值(即更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表)。When the playback device uses the calculated relative sound for media playback, if the user is dissatisfied with the current volume and adjusts it manually, the volume adjusted by the user (ie, the third value) will be returned to the mobile phone configuration through the volume adjustment dot. The value of the mapping weight table is refreshed in combination with the optimal volume perceived by the user (that is, the first mapping table is updated to obtain the second mapping table).
相应于上述方法实施例给出的方法,本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置,包括用于执行上述实施例相应的模块。模块可以是软件,也可以是硬件,或者是软件和硬件结合。Corresponding to the methods given in the foregoing method embodiments, the embodiments of the present application further provide corresponding apparatuses, including corresponding modules for executing the foregoing embodiments. Modules can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
请参阅图7,本申请实施例中第一设备的一个实施例,也可以是第一设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统)的一个实施例。Referring to FIG. 7 , an embodiment of the first device in the embodiment of the present application may also be an embodiment of a component (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) of the first device.
该第一设备700在一种可能的实现方式中,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first device 700 includes:
收发单元701,用于获取目标信号在第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型; Transceiver unit 701, used to obtain the first value used by the target signal to play in the first device and the device type of the second device;
处理单元702,用于确定第二设备的权重系数;a processing unit 702, configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device;
处理单元702,还用于根据权重系数以及第一数值确定目标信号在第二设备播放所使用的第二数值;The processing unit 702 is also used to determine the second numerical value used by the target signal to play in the second device according to the weight coefficient and the first numerical value;
收发单元701,还用于向第二设备发送第二数值,以使得第二设备使用第二数值播放目标信号。The transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send the second value to the second device, so that the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
可选地,处理单元702,具体用于根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
可选地,收发单元701,还用于接收第二设备发送的第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经 过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, the transceiver unit 701 is also used to receive the third numerical value sent by the second device, and the third numerical value is the numerical value obtained after the adjustment of the second numerical value;
处理单元702,还用于根据第三数值更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。The processing unit 702 is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
可选地,收发单元701,还用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第一数值、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value;
处理单元702,还用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit 702 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
可选地,处理单元702,还用于根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, the processing unit 702 is further configured to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
收发单元701,还用于向第二设备发送第四数值。The transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
可选地,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本实施例中,该第一设备中各单元所执行的操作与前述图3至图6所示实施例中第一设备所执行的操作类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the operations performed by each unit in the first device are similar to the operations performed by the first device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
本实施例中,处理单元702可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值。通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。进一步的,处理单元702还可以根据用户调整第二数值所使用的第三数值更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,处理单元702还可以根据训练待训练模型的方式得到特定场景下的第四数值,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment, the processing unit 702 may determine the second value used for playing the target signal on the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient. By using the weight coefficient method to determine the value used by the second device to play the target signal, the volume of the second device after switching is automatically adjusted to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the user's perception of the difference in audio size during switching, and making comfortable The second device can be switched to improve the user experience. Further, the processing unit 702 may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit. In addition, the processing unit 702 may also obtain the fourth numerical value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
该第一设备700在另一种可能的实现方式中,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the first device 700 includes:
收发单元701,用于获取目标信号在第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型; Transceiver unit 701, used to obtain the first value used by the target signal to play in the first device and the device type of the second device;
处理单元702,用于确定第二设备的权重系数;a processing unit 702, configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device;
收发单元701,还用于向第二设备发送第一数值以及权重系数,以使得第二设备根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二设备的第二数值。The transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device determines the second numerical value of the second device according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient.
可选地,处理单元702,具体用于根据第一映射表确定第二设备的权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient of the second device according to the first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
可选地,收发单元701,还用于接收第二设备发送的第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to receive a third numerical value sent by the second device, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
处理单元702,还用于根据第三数值更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。The processing unit 702 is further configured to update the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
可选地,收发单元701,还用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第一数值、第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, the transceiver unit 701 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value;
处理单元702,还用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit 702 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
可选地,处理单元702,还用于根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, the processing unit 702 is further configured to obtain the fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
收发单元701,还用于向第二设备发送第四数值。The transceiver unit 701 is further configured to send a fourth numerical value to the second device.
可选地,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本实施例中,该第一设备中各单元所执行的操作与前述图3至图6所示实施例中第一设备所执行的操作类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the operations performed by each unit in the first device are similar to the operations performed by the first device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
本实施例中,通过收发单元701向第二设备发送第一数值以及权重系数,使得第二设备可以根据第一数值以及权重系数确定在第二设备上播放目标信号所使用的第二数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。进一步的,处理单元702还可以根据用户调整第二数值所使用的第三数值更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,处理单元702还可以根据训练待训练模型的方式得到特定场景下的第四数值,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment, the transceiver unit 701 sends the first numerical value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device can determine the second numerical value used to play the target signal on the second device according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient, and automatically The volume of the switched second device is adjusted to the relative volume of the first device, so as to reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio size during switching, perform comfortable switching of the second device, and improve user experience. Further, the processing unit 702 may also update the first mapping table according to the third value used by the user to adjust the second value, so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habit. In addition, the processing unit 702 may also obtain the fourth numerical value in the specific scenario according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in the specific scenario.
下面对本申请实施例中的第二设备进行描述,请参阅图8,本申请实施例中第二设备的一个实施例,也可以是第二设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片或芯片系统)的一个实施例。The second device in the embodiment of the present application will be described below. Referring to FIG. 8, an embodiment of the second device in the embodiment of the present application may also be a component of the second device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system). an example.
该第二设备800在一种可能的实现方式中,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the second device 800 includes:
收发单元801,用于接收目标信号;a transceiver unit 801 for receiving a target signal;
收发单元801,还用于接收第一设备发送的第二数值,第二数值为第一设备根据第一数值、第二设备的设备类型以及第一映射表得到,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系,权重系数用于根据第一数值得到第二数值;The transceiver unit 801 is further configured to receive a second value sent by the first device, where the second value is obtained by the first device according to the first value, the device type of the second device and the first mapping table, and the first value is played by the first device The value used by the target signal, the first mapping table is used to represent the relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient, and the weight coefficient is used to obtain the second value according to the first value;
处理单元802,用于使用第二数值播放目标信号。The processing unit 802 is configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
可选地,收发单元801,还用于获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
收发单元801,还用于向第一设备发送第三数值,以使得第一设备更新第一映射表,得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。The transceiver unit 801 is further configured to send a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as that in the first mapping table. The weight coefficients of the second devices are not the same.
可选地,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播 放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本实施例中,该第二设备中各单元所执行的操作与前述图3至图6所示实施例中第二设备所执行的操作类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the operations performed by each unit in the second device are similar to the operations performed by the second device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
本实施例中,处理单元802可以接收第一设备发送的第二数值。该第二数值是第一设备通过采用权重系数的方法确定第二设备播放目标信号所使用的数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。进一步的,收发单元801还可以获取用户的调整值并向第二设备发送该调整值(即第三数值),使得第一设备根据该调整值更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,处理单元802还可以接收第一设备发送的第四数值,该第四数值由第一设备根据训练待训练模型的方式得到,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment, the processing unit 802 may receive the second value sent by the first device. The second value is the value used by the first device to determine the target signal played by the second device by adopting a weight coefficient method, and automatically adjusts the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, reducing the user's confusion in the switching process. The perception of the difference in audio size enables comfortable switching of the second device to improve the user experience. Further, the transceiver unit 801 can also acquire the adjustment value of the user and send the adjustment value (ie, the third value) to the second device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table according to the adjustment value, so that the second device calculates the second device next time. The weight coefficient is more in line with user habits. In addition, the processing unit 802 may also receive a fourth numerical value sent by the first device, where the fourth numerical value is obtained by the first device according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in a specific scenario.
该第二设备800在另一种可能的实现方式中,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the second device 800 includes:
收发单元801,用于接收目标信号;a transceiver unit 801 for receiving a target signal;
收发单元801,还用于接收第一设备发送的第一数值以及权重系数,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号时所使用的数值;The transceiver unit 801 is further configured to receive a first numerical value and a weight coefficient sent by the first device, where the first numerical value is a numerical value used when the first device plays the target signal;
处理单元802,用于根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;a processing unit 802, configured to determine the second value according to the first value and the weight coefficient;
处理单元802,还用于使用第二数值播放目标信号。The processing unit 802 is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
可选地,处理单元802,具体用于计算第一数值与权重系数的乘积,以得到第二数值。Optionally, the processing unit 802 is specifically configured to calculate the product of the first value and the weight coefficient to obtain the second value.
可选地,收发单元801,还用于获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
处理单元802,还用于使用第三数值播放目标信号;The processing unit 802 is also used to use the third numerical value to play the target signal;
收发单元801,还用于向第一设备发送第三数值,以使得第一设备使用第三数值更新第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数。The transceiver unit 801 is further configured to send a third numerical value to the first device, so that the first device uses the third numerical value to update the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
可选地,收发单元801,还用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and a third value;
处理单元802,还用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit 802 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
可选地,处理单元802,还用于根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, the processing unit 802 is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
处理单元802,还用于使用第四数值播放目标信号。The processing unit 802 is further configured to use the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
可选地,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本实施例中,该第二设备中各单元所执行的操作与前述图3至图6所示实施例中第二设备所执行的操作类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the operations performed by each unit in the second device are similar to the operations performed by the second device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
本实施例中,处理单元802可以接收第一设备发送的第一数值以及权重系数。处理单元802可以根据第一数值以及权重系数得到第二数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户体验。进一步的,收发单元801还可以获取用户的调整值并向第二设备发送该调整值(即第三数值),使得第一设备根据该调整值更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,处理单元802还可以根据训练待训练模型的方式得到第四数值,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment, the processing unit 802 may receive the first numerical value and the weight coefficient sent by the first device. The processing unit 802 can obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient, and automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, so as to reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during the switching, and perform a comfortable first step. Switch between two devices to improve user experience. Further, the transceiver unit 801 can also acquire the adjustment value of the user and send the adjustment value (ie, the third value) to the second device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table according to the adjustment value, so that the second device calculates the second device next time. The weight coefficient is more in line with user habits. In addition, the processing unit 802 can also obtain the fourth value according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in a specific scenario.
该第二设备800在另一种可能的实现方式中,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the second device 800 includes:
收发单元801,用于第二设备接收目标信号;a transceiver unit 801, used for the second device to receive the target signal;
收发单元801,还用于接收来自第一设备的第一数值,第一数值为第一设备播放目标信号所使用的数值;The transceiver unit 801 is further configured to receive a first numerical value from the first device, where the first numerical value is a numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal;
处理单元802,用于确定权重系数;a processing unit 802, configured to determine a weight coefficient;
处理单元802,还用于根据第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;The processing unit 802 is further configured to determine the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weight coefficient;
处理单元802,还用于使用第二数值播放目标信号。The processing unit 802 is further configured to play the target signal by using the second value.
可选地,处理单元802,具体用于根据第一映射表确定权重系数,第一映射表用于表示第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系。Optionally, the processing unit 802 is specifically configured to determine the weight coefficient according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
可选地,收发单元801,还用于获取第三数值,第三数值为第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;Optionally, the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to obtain a third numerical value, where the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;
处理单元802,还用于使用第三数值播放目标信号。The processing unit 802 is further configured to play the target signal by using the third value.
可选地,处理单元802,还用于使用第三数值更新第一映射表得到第二映射表,第二映射表中第二设备的权重系数与第一映射表中第二设备的权重系数不相同。Optionally, the processing unit 802 is further configured to update the first mapping table with the third value to obtain a second mapping table, and the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table. same.
可选地,收发单元801,还用于获取目标特征,目标特征包括第二设备的播放地点、第二设备的系统时间以及第三数值中的至少一种;Optionally, the transceiver unit 801 is further configured to acquire target features, where the target features include at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and a third value;
处理单元802,还用于根据目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The processing unit 802 is further configured to train the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
可选地,处理单元802,还用于根据第一数值以及预测权重模型得到第四数值;Optionally, the processing unit 802 is further configured to obtain a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;
处理单元802,还用于使用第四数值播放目标信号。The processing unit 802 is further configured to use the fourth numerical value to play the target signal.
可选地,目标信号包括音频信号,第一数值包括音频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,第二数值包括音频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者目标信号包括视频信号,第一数值包括视频信号在第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,第二数值包括视频信号在第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者目标信号包括图像,第一数值包括图像在第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例,第二数值包括图像在第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或图像的缩放比例;或者目标信号包括文本,第一数值包括文本在第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,第二数值包括文本在第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。Optionally, the target signal includes an audio signal, the first numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second numerical value includes the volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes Video signal, the first value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the volume value or brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the second device; or the target signal includes an image , the first value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, the second value includes the brightness value or the zoom ratio of the image used to play the image on the second device; or the target signal includes text , the first value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the first device, and the second value includes the playback speed value used for text playback on the second device.
本实施例中,该第二设备中各单元所执行的操作与前述图3至图6所示实施例中第二设备所执行的操作类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the operations performed by each unit in the second device are similar to the operations performed by the second device in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
本实施例中,处理单元802可以接收第一设备发送的第一数值。处理单元802可以根据第一数值以及权重系数得到第二数值,自动将切换后的第二设备音量调节至第一设备的相对音量,减少用户在切换中对音频大小差异的感知,进行舒适地第二设备设备切换,提升用户 体验。进一步的,收发单元801还可以获取用户的调整值,处理单元802可以根据该调整值(即第三数值)更新第一映射表,使得下次计算第二设备的权重系数更符合用户习惯。另外,处理单元802还可以根据训练待训练模型的方式得到第四数值,从而满足特定场景下的要求。In this embodiment, the processing unit 802 may receive the first value sent by the first device. The processing unit 802 can obtain the second numerical value according to the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient, and automatically adjust the volume of the second device after switching to the relative volume of the first device, so as to reduce the user's perception of the difference in audio volume during the switching, and perform a comfortable first step. Switch between two devices to improve user experience. Further, the transceiver unit 801 can also obtain the adjustment value of the user, and the processing unit 802 can update the first mapping table according to the adjustment value (ie, the third value), so that the next calculation of the weight coefficient of the second device is more in line with the user's habits. In addition, the processing unit 802 can also obtain the fourth value according to the method of training the model to be trained, so as to meet the requirements in a specific scenario.
请参阅图9,本申请实施例提供了一种通信设备,具体该通信设备可以为第一设备或第二设备,为了便于说明,仅示出了与本申请实施例相关的部分,具体技术细节未揭示的,请参照本申请实施例方法部分。该通信设备可以为包括手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、销售终端设备(point of sales,POS)、车载电脑等任意终端设备,以通信设备是手机为例:Referring to FIG. 9 , an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. Specifically, the communication device may be a first device or a second device. For the convenience of description, only the part related to the embodiment of the present application is shown, and the specific technical details are If not disclosed, please refer to the method section of the embodiments of the present application. The communication device can be any terminal device including a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a point of sales (POS), a vehicle-mounted computer, etc. The communication device is a mobile phone as an example:
图9示出的是与本申请实施例提供的通信设备相关的手机的部分结构的框图。参考图9,手机包括:射频(Radio Frequency,RF)电路910、存储器920、输入单元930、显示单元940、传感器950、音频电路960、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)模块970、处理器980、以及电源990等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图9中示出的手机结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a mobile phone related to the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 9 , the mobile phone includes: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 910 , a memory 920 , an input unit 930 , a display unit 940 , a sensor 950 , an audio circuit 960 , a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 970 , and a processor 980 , and power supply 990 and other components. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or arrange different components.
下面结合图9对手机的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:Below in conjunction with Figure 9, each component of the mobile phone will be introduced in detail:
RF电路910可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送。通常,RF电路910包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器(Low Noise Amplifier,LNA)、双工器等。此外,RF电路910还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)、通用分组无线服务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)、电子邮件、短消息服务(Short Messaging Service,SMS)等。The RF circuit 910 can be used to send and receive information or to receive and send signals during a call. Typically, the RF circuit 910 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like. In addition, RF circuitry 910 may communicate with networks and other devices via wireless communications. The above-mentioned wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS), Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division) Multiple Access, CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA), Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE), email, Short Messaging Service (Short Messaging Service, SMS), etc.
存储器920可用于存储软件程序以及模块,处理器980通过运行存储在存储器920的软件程序以及模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器920可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器920可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 920 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 980 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 920 . The memory 920 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. Additionally, memory 920 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
可选地,存储器920可以存储第一映射表。Optionally, the memory 920 may store the first mapping table.
输入单元930可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,输入单元930可包括触控面板931以及其他输入设备932。触控面板931,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板931上或在触控面板931附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的,触控面板931可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器980,并能接收处理器980发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板931。除了触控面板931,输入单元 930还可以包括其他输入设备932。具体地,其他输入设备932可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种。The input unit 930 may be used to receive inputted numerical or character information, and generate key signal input related to user setting and function control of the mobile phone. Specifically, the input unit 930 may include a touch panel 931 and other input devices 932 . The touch panel 931, also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations made by the user on or near it (such as the user's finger, stylus, etc., any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 931). operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program. Optionally, the touch panel 931 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller. Among them, the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it to the touch controller. To the processor 980, and can receive the command sent by the processor 980 and execute it. In addition, the touch panel 931 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves. In addition to the touch panel 931, the input unit 930 may also include other input devices 932. Specifically, other input devices 932 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, and the like.
显示单元940可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单。显示单元940可包括显示面板941,可选的,可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板941。进一步的,触控面板931可覆盖显示面板941,当触控面板931检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器980以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器980根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板941上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图9中,触控面板931与显示面板941是作为两个独立的部件来实现手机的输入和输入功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板931与显示面板941集成而实现手机的输入和输出功能。The display unit 940 may be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone. The display unit 940 may include a display panel 941. Optionally, the display panel 941 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal Display, LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (Organic Light-Emitting Diode, OLED), and the like. Further, the touch panel 931 can cover the display panel 941. When the touch panel 931 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 980 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 980 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event. Type provides corresponding visual output on display panel 941 . Although in FIG. 9, the touch panel 931 and the display panel 941 are used as two independent components to realize the input and input functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch panel 931 and the display panel 941 can be integrated to form Realize the input and output functions of the mobile phone.
手机还可包括至少一种传感器950,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器可包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板941的亮度,接近传感器可在手机移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板941和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;至于手机还可配置的陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器,在此不再赘述。The cell phone may also include at least one sensor 950, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor can include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 941 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor can turn off the display panel 941 and/or when the mobile phone is moved to the ear. or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in all directions (usually three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary. games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for other sensors such as gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, thermometer, infrared sensor, etc. Repeat.
音频电路960、扬声器961,传声器962可提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。音频电路960可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号,传输到扬声器961,由扬声器961转换为声音信号输出;另一方面,传声器962将收集的声音信号转换为电信号,由音频电路960接收后转换为音频数据,再将音频数据输出处理器980处理后,经RF电路910以发送给比如另一手机,或者将音频数据输出至存储器920以便进一步处理。The audio circuit 960, the speaker 961, and the microphone 962 can provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone. The audio circuit 960 can convert the received audio data into an electrical signal, and transmit it to the speaker 961, and the speaker 961 converts it into a sound signal for output; on the other hand, the microphone 962 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, which is converted by the audio circuit 960 After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the processor 980 for processing, and then sent to, for example, another mobile phone through the RF circuit 910, or the audio data is output to the memory 920 for further processing.
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术,手机通过WiFi模块970可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等,它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图9示出了WiFi模块970,但是可以理解的是,其并不属于手机的必须构成。WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology. The mobile phone can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media through the WiFi module 970. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access. Although FIG. 9 shows the WiFi module 970, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile phone.
处理器980是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器920内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器920内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。可选的,处理器980可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器980可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器980中。The processor 980 is the control center of the mobile phone, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone, by running or executing the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 920, and calling the data stored in the memory 920. Various functions of the mobile phone and processing data, so as to monitor the mobile phone as a whole. Optionally, the processor 980 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 980 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc. , the modem processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 980.
手机还包括给各个部件供电的电源990(比如电池),优选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器980逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The mobile phone also includes a power supply 990 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components. Preferably, the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 980 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management functions through the power management system.
尽管未示出,手机还可以包括摄像头、蓝牙模块等,在此不再赘述。Although not shown, the mobile phone may also include a camera, a Bluetooth module, and the like, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,该终端设备所包括的处理器980可以执行前述图3至图6所示实施例中的功能,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, the processor 980 included in the terminal device may perform the functions in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
请参阅图10,为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的通信设备1000的一种可 能的示意图,该通信设备具体可以为前述实施例中的第一设备或第二设备,该通信设备1000可以包括但不限于处理器1001、通信端口1002、存储器1003、总线1004,在本申请的实施例中,处理器1001用于对通信设备1000的动作进行控制处理。Please refer to FIG. 10 , which is a possible schematic diagram of the communication device 1000 involved in the above-mentioned embodiment provided for the embodiment of the present application. The communication device may specifically be the first device or the second device in the foregoing embodiment. The communication device 1000 may include, but is not limited to, a processor 1001 , a communication port 1002 , a memory 1003 , and a bus 1004 . In this embodiment of the present application, the processor 1001 is used to control the actions of the communication device 1000 .
此外,处理器1001可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。该处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Furthermore, the processor 1001 may be a central processing unit, a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure. The processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination comprising one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like. Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,存储器1003可以存储第一映射表。Optionally, the memory 1003 may store the first mapping table.
需要说明的是,图10所示通信设备具体可以用于实现图3至图6对应方法实施例中第一设备或第二设备所执行的步骤的功能,并实现第一设备或第二设备对应的技术效果,图10所示通信设备的具体实现方式,均可以参考图3至图6对应的各个方法实施例中的叙述,此处不再一一赘述。It should be noted that the communication device shown in FIG. 10 can be specifically used to implement the functions of the steps performed by the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. For the specific implementation manner of the communication device shown in FIG. 10 , reference may be made to the descriptions in the respective method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机执行指令的计算机可读存储介质,当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时,该处理器执行如前述实施例中通信设备可能的实现方式所述的方法,其中,该通信设备具体可以为前述图3至图6对应方法实施例中第一设备或第二设备。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the processor executes the possible implementations of the communication device described in the foregoing embodiments. method, wherein the communication device may specifically be the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机的计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时,该处理器执行上述通信设备可能实现方式的方法,其中,该通信设备具体可以为前述图3至图6对应方法实施例中第一设备或第二设备。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product that stores one or more computers. When the computer program product is executed by the processor, the processor executes the method for possible implementations of the above communication device, wherein the communication device may specifically It is the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持通信设备实现上述通信设备可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中,该芯片系统还可以包括存储器,存储器,用于保存该通信设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,其中,该通信设备具体可以为前述图3至图6对应方法实施例中第一设备或第二设备。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, which is configured to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the possible implementation manners of the communication device. In a possible design, the chip system may further include a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, wherein the communication device may specifically be the first device or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
本申请实施例还提供了一种网络系统架构,该网络系统架构包括上述通信设备,该通信设备具体可以为前述图3至图6对应方法实施例中第一设备和/或第二设备。An embodiment of the present application further provides a network system architecture, where the network system architecture includes the foregoing communication device, and the communication device may specifically be the first device and/or the second device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部 件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方;或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place; or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器;或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
Claims (32)
- 一种数据处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A data processing method, comprising:第一设备获取目标信号在所述第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型;The first device obtains the first numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal and the device type of the second device;所述第一设备确定所述第二设备的权重系数;the first device determines the weight coefficient of the second device;所述第一设备根据所述权重系数以及所述第一数值确定所述目标信号在所述第二设备播放所使用的第二数值;The first device determines, according to the weight coefficient and the first value, a second value used for playing the target signal on the second device;所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述第二数值,以使得所述第二设备使用所述第二数值播放所述目标信号。The first device sends the second value to the second device, so that the second device uses the second value to play the target signal.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备确定所述第二设备的权重系数,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first device determines the weight coefficient of the second device, comprising:所述第一设备根据第一映射表确定所述第二设备的权重系数,所述第一映射表用于表示所述第二设备的设备类型与所述权重系数之间的关联关系。The first device determines the weight coefficient of the second device according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一设备接收所述第二设备发送的第三数值,所述第三数值为所述第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;The first device receives a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted;所述第一设备根据所述第三数值更新所述第一映射表,得到第二映射表,所述第二映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数与所述第一映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数不相同。The first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as that in the first mapping table. The weight coefficients of the second devices are not the same.
- 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备接收所述第二设备发送的第三数值之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein after the first device receives the third value sent by the second device, the method further comprises:所述第一设备获取目标特征,所述目标特征包括所述第一数值、所述第二设备的播放地点、所述第二设备的系统时间以及所述第三数值中的至少一种;The first device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes at least one of the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value;所述第一设备根据所述目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一设备根据所述第一数值以及所述预测权重模型得到第四数值;The first device obtains a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述第四数值。The first device sends the fourth numerical value to the second device.
- 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein,所述目标信号包括音频信号,所述第一数值包括所述音频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,所述第二数值包括所述音频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者The target signal includes an audio signal, the first value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the audio signal to be played on the second device the volume value used; or所述目标信号包括视频信号,所述第一数值包括所述视频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,所述第二数值包括所述视频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者The target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes a volume value or a brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second value. The volume or brightness value used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括图像,所述第一数值包括所述图像在所述第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例,所述第二数值包括所述图像在所述第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例;或者The target signal includes an image, the first value includes a brightness value or a scaling ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image in the first device. The brightness value or the scaling of the image used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括文本,所述第一数值包括所述文本在所述第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,所述第二数值包括所述文本在所述第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。The target signal includes text, the first value includes a playback speed value used by the text to be played on the first device, and the second value includes a value used by the text to be played on the second device the playback speed value.
- 一种数据处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A data processing method, comprising:第二设备接收目标信号;the second device receives the target signal;所述第二设备接收第一设备发送的第二数值,所述第二数值为所述第一设备根据第一数值、所述第二设备的设备类型以及第一映射表得到,所述第一数值为所述第一设备播放所述目标信号所使用的数值,所述第一映射表用于表示所述第二设备的设备类型与权重系数之间的关联关系,所述权重系数用于根据所述第一数值得到所述第二数值;The second device receives a second value sent by the first device, where the second value is obtained by the first device according to the first value, the device type of the second device, and the first mapping table. The numerical value is the numerical value used by the first device to play the target signal, and the first mapping table is used to represent the relationship between the device type of the second device and the weighting coefficient, and the weighting coefficient is used according to the first numerical value obtains the second numerical value;所述第二设备使用所述第二数值播放所述目标信号。The second device plays the target signal using the second value.
- 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:所述第二设备获取第三数值,所述第三数值为所述第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;The second device obtains a third numerical value, and the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第三数值,以使得所述第一设备更新所述第一映射表,得到第二映射表,所述第二映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数与所述第一映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数不相同。The second device sends the third value to the first device, so that the first device updates the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, and the second mapping table in the second mapping table The weight coefficient of the device is different from the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein,所述目标信号包括音频信号,所述第一数值包括所述音频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,所述第二数值包括所述音频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者The target signal includes an audio signal, the first value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the audio signal to be played on the second device the volume value used; or所述目标信号包括视频信号,所述第一数值包括所述视频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,所述第二数值包括所述视频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者The target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes a volume value or a brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second value. The volume or brightness value used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括图像,所述第一数值包括所述图像在所述第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例,所述第二数值包括所述图像在所述第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例;或者The target signal includes an image, the first value includes a brightness value or a scaling ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image in the first device. The brightness value or the scaling of the image used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括文本,所述第一数值包括所述文本在所述第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,所述第二数值包括所述文本在所述第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。The target signal includes text, the first value includes a playback speed value used by the text to be played on the first device, and the second value includes a value used by the text to be played on the second device the playback speed value.
- 一种数据处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A data processing method, comprising:第一设备获取目标信号在所述第一设备播放所使用的第一数值以及第二设备的设备类型;The first device obtains the first value and the device type of the second device used for playing the target signal in the first device;所述第一设备确定所述第二设备的权重系数;the first device determines the weight coefficient of the second device;所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述第一数值以及所述权重系数,以使得所述第二设备根据所述第一数值以及所述权重系数确定所述第二设备的第二数值。The first device sends the first value and the weight coefficient to the second device, so that the second device determines the second value of the second device according to the first value and the weight coefficient numerical value.
- 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备确定所述第二设备的权重系数,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the first device determines the weight coefficient of the second device, comprising:所述第一设备根据第一映射表确定所述第二设备的权重系数,所述第一映射表用于表示所述第二设备的设备类型与所述权重系数之间的关联关系。The first device determines the weight coefficient of the second device according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一设备接收所述第二设备发送的第三数值,所述第三数值为所述第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;The first device receives a third value sent by the second device, where the third value is a value obtained after the second value is adjusted;所述第一设备根据所述第三数值更新所述第一映射表,得到第二映射表,所述第二映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数与所述第一映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数不相同。The first device updates the first mapping table according to the third value to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as that in the first mapping table. The weight coefficients of the second devices are not the same.
- 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备接收所述第二设备发送的 第三数值之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein after the first device receives the third value sent by the second device, the method further comprises:所述第一设备获取目标特征,所述目标特征包括所述第一数值、所述第二设备的播放地点、所述第二设备的系统时间以及所述第三数值中的至少一种;The first device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes at least one of the first numerical value, the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third numerical value;所述第一设备根据所述目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The first device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 13, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一设备根据所述第一数值以及所述预测权重模型得到第四数值;The first device obtains a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述第四数值。The first device sends the fourth numerical value to the second device.
- 根据权利要求10至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 10 to 14, wherein,所述目标信号包括音频信号,所述第一数值包括所述音频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,所述第二数值包括所述音频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者The target signal includes an audio signal, the first value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the audio signal to be played on the second device the volume value used; or所述目标信号包括视频信号,所述第一数值包括所述视频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,所述第二数值包括所述视频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者The target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes a volume value or a brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second value. The volume or brightness value used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括图像,所述第一数值包括所述图像在所述第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例,所述第二数值包括所述图像在所述第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例;或者The target signal includes an image, the first value includes a brightness value or a scaling ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image in the first device. The brightness value or scaling of the image used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括文本,所述第一数值包括所述文本在所述第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,所述第二数值包括所述文本在所述第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。The target signal includes text, the first value includes a playback speed value used by the text to be played on the first device, and the second value includes a value used by the text to be played on the second device the playback speed value.
- 一种数据处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A data processing method, comprising:第二设备接收目标信号;the second device receives the target signal;所述第二设备接收第一设备发送的第一数值以及权重系数,所述第一数值为所述第一设备播放所述目标信号时所使用的数值;The second device receives the first numerical value and the weight coefficient sent by the first device, where the first numerical value is the numerical value used when the first device plays the target signal;所述第二设备根据所述第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;The second device determines a second value according to the first value and the weighting coefficient;所述第二设备使用所述第二数值播放所述目标信号。The second device plays the target signal using the second value.
- 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二设备根据所述第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the second device determines the second value according to the first value and the weighting coefficient, comprising:所述第二设备计算所述第一数值与所述权重系数的乘积,以得到所述第二数值。The second device calculates the product of the first numerical value and the weighting coefficient to obtain the second numerical value.
- 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the method further comprises:所述第二设备获取第三数值,所述第三数值为所述第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;The second device obtains a third numerical value, and the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;所述第二设备使用所述第三数值播放所述目标信号;The second device uses the third value to play the target signal;所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第三数值,以使得所述第一设备使用所述第三数值更新所述第一映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数。The second device sends the third value to the first device, so that the first device uses the third value to update the weight coefficient of the second device in the first mapping table.
- 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二设备获取第三数值之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein after the second device acquires the third value, the method further comprises:所述第二设备获取目标特征,所述目标特征包括所述第二设备的播放地点、所述第二设备的系统时间以及所述第三数值中的至少一种;The second device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third value;所述第二设备根据所述目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 19, wherein the method further comprises:所述第二设备根据所述第一数值以及所述预测权重模型得到第四数值;The second device obtains a fourth value according to the first value and the prediction weight model;所述第二设备使用所述第四数值播放所述目标信号。The second device plays the target signal using the fourth value.
- 根据权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein,所述目标信号包括音频信号,所述第一数值包括所述音频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,所述第二数值包括所述音频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者The target signal includes an audio signal, the first value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the audio signal to be played on the second device the volume value used; or所述目标信号包括视频信号,所述第一数值包括所述视频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,所述第二数值包括所述视频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者The target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes a volume value or a brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second value. The volume or brightness value used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括图像,所述第一数值包括所述图像在所述第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例,所述第二数值包括所述图像在所述第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例;或者The target signal includes an image, the first value includes a brightness value or a scaling ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image in the first device. The brightness value or scaling of the image used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括文本,所述第一数值包括所述文本在所述第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,所述第二数值包括所述文本在所述第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。The target signal includes text, the first value includes a playback speed value used by the text to be played on the first device, and the second value includes a value used by the text to be played on the second device the playback speed value.
- 一种数据处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A data processing method, comprising:第二设备接收目标信号;the second device receives the target signal;所述第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一数值,所述第一数值为所述第一设备播放所述目标信号所使用的数值;The second device receives a first value from the first device, where the first value is a value used by the first device to play the target signal;所述第二设备确定权重系数;the second device determines a weight coefficient;所述第二设备根据所述第一数值以及权重系数确定第二数值;The second device determines a second value according to the first value and the weighting coefficient;所述第二设备使用所述第二数值播放所述目标信号。The second device plays the target signal using the second value.
- 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二设备确定权重系数,包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the second device determines the weight coefficient, comprising:所述第二设备根据第一映射表确定所述权重系数,所述第一映射表用于表示所述第二设备的设备类型与所述权重系数之间的关联关系。The second device determines the weight coefficient according to a first mapping table, where the first mapping table is used to represent the association relationship between the device type of the second device and the weight coefficient.
- 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the method further comprises:所述第二设备获取第三数值,所述第三数值为所述第二数值经过调整后得到的数值;The second device obtains a third numerical value, and the third numerical value is a numerical value obtained after the second numerical value is adjusted;所述第二设备使用所述第三数值播放所述目标信号。The second device plays the target signal using the third value.
- 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 24, wherein the method further comprises:所述第二设备使用所述第三数值更新所述第一映射表得到第二映射表,所述第二映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数与所述第一映射表中所述第二设备的权重系数不相同。The second device uses the third value to update the first mapping table to obtain a second mapping table, where the weight coefficient of the second device in the second mapping table is the same as the first mapping table in the first mapping table. The weight coefficients of the two devices are different.
- 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二设备获取第三数值之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein after the second device acquires the third value, the method further comprises:所述第二设备获取目标特征,所述目标特征包括所述第二设备的播放地点、所述第二设备的系统时间以及所述第三数值中的至少一种;The second device acquires a target feature, and the target feature includes at least one of the playback location of the second device, the system time of the second device, and the third value;所述第二设备根据所述目标特征对待训练模型进行训练,得到预测权重模型。The second device trains the model to be trained according to the target feature to obtain a prediction weight model.
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:所述第二设备根据所述第一数值以及所述预测权重模型得到第四数值;The second device obtains a fourth numerical value according to the first numerical value and the prediction weight model;所述第二设备使用所述第四数值播放所述目标信号。The second device plays the target signal using the fourth value.
- 根据权利要求22至27中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 22 to 27, characterized in that,所述目标信号包括音频信号,所述第一数值包括所述音频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值,所述第二数值包括所述音频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值;或者The target signal includes an audio signal, the first value includes a volume value used by the audio signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the audio signal to be played on the second device the volume value used; or所述目标信号包括视频信号,所述第一数值包括所述视频信号在所述第一设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值,所述第二数值包括所述视频信号在所述第二设备上播放所使用的音量值或亮度值;或者The target signal includes a video signal, the first value includes a volume value or a brightness value used by the video signal to be played on the first device, and the second value includes the video signal in the second value. The volume or brightness value used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括图像,所述第一数值包括所述图像在所述第一设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例,所述第二数值包括所述图像在所述第二设备上播放所使用的亮度值或所述图像的缩放比例;或者The target signal includes an image, the first value includes a brightness value or a scaling ratio of the image used to play the image on the first device, and the second value includes the image in the first device. The brightness value or scaling of the image used for playback on the device; or所述目标信号包括文本,所述第一数值包括所述文本在所述第一设备上播放所使用的播放速度值,所述第二数值包括所述文本在所述第二设备上播放所使用的播放速度值。The target signal includes text, the first value includes a playback speed value used by the text to be played on the first device, and the second value includes a value used by the text to be played on the second device the playback speed value.
- 一种第一设备,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述第一设备执行如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述第一设备执行如权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法。A first device, comprising: a processor coupled to a memory, the memory being used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the The first device performs the method of any one of claims 1 to 6, or causes the first device to perform the method of any one of claims 10 to 15.
- 一种第二设备,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述第二设备执行如权利要求7至9中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述第一设备执行如权利要求16至21中任一项所述的方法,或使得所述第一设备执行如权利要求22至28中任一项所述的方法。A second device, characterized in that it comprises: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the The second device performs the method of any one of claims 7 to 9, or causes the first device to perform the method of any one of claims 16 to 21, or causes the first device to perform A method as claimed in any one of claims 22 to 28.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:如权利要求29所述的第一设备,和/或,如权利要求30所述的第二设备。A communication system, characterized by comprising: the first device as claimed in claim 29 , and/or the second device as claimed in claim 30 .
- 一种计算机可读介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求7至9中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求16至21中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求22至28中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored thereon, and when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 , or perform a method as claimed in any one of claims 7 to 9, or perform a method as claimed in any one of claims 10 to 15, or perform a method as claimed in any one of claims 16 to 21 method, or performing a method as claimed in any one of claims 22 to 28.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202010818113.8A CN114077412A (en) | 2020-08-14 | 2020-08-14 | Data processing method and related equipment |
CN202010818113.8 | 2020-08-14 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022033282A1 true WO2022033282A1 (en) | 2022-02-17 |
Family
ID=80247638
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2021/107582 WO2022033282A1 (en) | 2020-08-14 | 2021-07-21 | Data processing method and related device |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN114077412A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022033282A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103699201A (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2014-04-02 | 青岛歌尔声学科技有限公司 | Multifunctional power-on circuit and Bluetooth product |
US20170039024A1 (en) * | 2015-08-03 | 2017-02-09 | Audio Accessories Group, LLC | Streaming audio, dsp, and light controller system |
CN107493380A (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2017-12-19 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | volume adjusting method, device, storage medium and terminal device |
CN110543289A (en) * | 2019-08-02 | 2019-12-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for controlling volume and electronic equipment |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102138518B1 (en) * | 2013-11-01 | 2020-07-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Terminal and method for controlling the same |
CN104978164B (en) * | 2014-04-14 | 2018-07-06 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Electronic equipment and its control method |
CN105872180A (en) * | 2016-03-28 | 2016-08-17 | 乐视控股(北京)有限公司 | Method and device for adjusting volume of terminal device |
CN105979181B (en) * | 2016-07-07 | 2019-04-09 | 青岛海信传媒网络技术有限公司 | Television sound volume control method, device and TV |
CN111083528A (en) * | 2019-12-23 | 2020-04-28 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information playing method, information sending method and electronic equipment |
CN111147919A (en) * | 2019-12-31 | 2020-05-12 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Play adjustment method, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium |
-
2020
- 2020-08-14 CN CN202010818113.8A patent/CN114077412A/en active Pending
-
2021
- 2021-07-21 WO PCT/CN2021/107582 patent/WO2022033282A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103699201A (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2014-04-02 | 青岛歌尔声学科技有限公司 | Multifunctional power-on circuit and Bluetooth product |
US20170039024A1 (en) * | 2015-08-03 | 2017-02-09 | Audio Accessories Group, LLC | Streaming audio, dsp, and light controller system |
CN107493380A (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2017-12-19 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | volume adjusting method, device, storage medium and terminal device |
CN110543289A (en) * | 2019-08-02 | 2019-12-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for controlling volume and electronic equipment |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN114077412A (en) | 2022-02-22 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10817255B2 (en) | Scene sound effect control method, and electronic device | |
TWI684148B (en) | Grouping processing method and device of contact person | |
CN108494947B (en) | Image sharing method and mobile terminal | |
CN110458655B (en) | Shop information recommendation method and mobile terminal | |
CN108668024B (en) | Voice processing method and terminal | |
WO2019120192A1 (en) | Method for editing text, and mobile device | |
CN111177180A (en) | Data query method and device and electronic equipment | |
US20180373490A1 (en) | Volume processing method and device and storage medium | |
CN108958629B (en) | Split screen quitting method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment | |
WO2020155980A1 (en) | Control method and terminal device | |
CN108170341A (en) | Interface operation button adaptive approach, terminal and computer readable storage medium | |
CN110830368B (en) | Instant messaging message sending method and electronic equipment | |
WO2019076377A1 (en) | Image viewing method and mobile terminal | |
WO2022227507A1 (en) | Wake-up degree recognition model training method and speech wake-up degree acquisition method | |
WO2021104175A1 (en) | Information processing method and apparatus | |
WO2023016385A1 (en) | Processing method and apparatus for processing audio data, and mobile device and audio system | |
CN107133296B (en) | Application program recommendation method and device and computer readable storage medium | |
CN113269279B (en) | Multimedia content classification method and related device | |
CN108491143B (en) | Object movement control method and mobile terminal | |
CN114065168A (en) | Information processing method, intelligent terminal and storage medium | |
CN110471895B (en) | Sharing method and terminal device | |
WO2022033282A1 (en) | Data processing method and related device | |
CN108471549B (en) | Remote control method and terminal | |
CN110674294A (en) | Similarity determination method and electronic equipment | |
CN116630375A (en) | Processing method and related device for key points in image |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21855335 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21855335 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |